Index: ChangeLog ================================================================== --- ChangeLog +++ ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,17 @@ +2013-11-07 Andreas Kupries + + * support/devel/sak/localdoc/localdoc.tcl (::sak::localdoc::run): + [Ticket 7c7f946046]: Pull in exclusion information from the + installer configuration, and use it to exclude the associated + man-pages from generation. + +2013-11-07 Andreas Kupries + + * support/installation/man.macros: [Ticket 369f67aeee] Updated to + newest from Tcl/Tk. + 2013-05-30 Andreas Kupries * Makefile.in: [Bug 3613973][Allura 1371]: Applied patch by Wolfgang Kechel, fixed missing CYGPATH invokations for paths in the installation targets. Index: embedded/man/files/apps/dtplite.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/dtplite.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/dtplite.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'dtplite\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "dtplite" n 1\&.0\&.5 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "dtplite" n 1\&.0\&.5 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME dtplite \- Lightweight DocTools Markup Processor .SH SYNOPSIS \fBdtplite\fR \fB-o\fR \fIoutput\fR ?options? \fIformat\fR \fIinputfile\fR Index: embedded/man/files/apps/nns.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/nns.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/nns.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nns" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nns" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nns \- Name service facility, Commandline Client Application .SH SYNOPSIS \fBnns\fR \fBbind\fR ?\fB-host\fR \fIhost\fR? ?\fB-port\fR \fIport\fR? \fIname\fR \fIdata\fR Index: embedded/man/files/apps/nnsd.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/nnsd.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/nnsd.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nnsd\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nnsd" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nnsd" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nnsd \- Name service facility, Commandline Server Application .SH SYNOPSIS \fBnnsd\fR ?\fB-localonly\fR \fIflag\fR? ?\fB-port\fR \fIport\fR? Index: embedded/man/files/apps/nnslog.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/nnslog.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/nnslog.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nnslog\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nnslog" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nnslog" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nnslog \- Name service facility, Commandline Logging Client Application .SH SYNOPSIS \fBnnslog\fR ?\fB-host\fR \fIhost\fR? ?\fB-port\fR \fIport\fR? Index: embedded/man/files/apps/page.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/page.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/page.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Development Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Development Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page \- Parser Generator .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpage\fR ?\fIoptions\fR\&.\&.\&.? ?\fIinput\fR ?\fIoutput\fR?? Index: embedded/man/files/apps/pt.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/pt.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/pt.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt \- Parser Tools Application .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/apps/tcldocstrip.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/apps/tcldocstrip.n +++ embedded/man/files/apps/tcldocstrip.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcldocstrip\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcldocstrip" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Textprocessing toolbox" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcldocstrip" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Textprocessing toolbox" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcldocstrip \- Tcl-based Docstrip Processor .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtcldocstrip\fR \fIoutput\fR ?options? \fIinput\fR ?\fIguards\fR? Index: embedded/man/files/modules/aes/aes.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/aes/aes.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/aes/aes.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'aes\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005, Pat Thoyts '\" Copyright (c) 2012-2013, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "aes" n 1\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "aes" n 1\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME aes \- Implementation of the AES block cipher .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/S3.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/S3.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/S3.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'S3\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" 2006,2008 Darren New\&. All Rights Reserved\&. See LICENSE\&.TXT for terms\&. '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "S3" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Amazon S3 Web Service Utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "S3" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Amazon S3 Web Service Utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME S3 \- Amazon S3 Web Service Interface .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/xsxp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/xsxp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/amazon-s3/xsxp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'xsxp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" 2006 Darren New\&. All Rights Reserved\&. '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "xsxp" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Amazon S3 Web Service Utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "xsxp" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Amazon S3 Web Service Utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME xsxp \- eXtremely Simple Xml Parser .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/asn/asn.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/asn/asn.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/asn/asn.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'asn\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Jochen Loewer '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2011 Michael Schlenker '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "asn" n 0\&.8 tcllib "ASN\&.1 processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "asn" n 0\&.8 tcllib "ASN\&.1 processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME asn \- ASN\&.1 BER encoder/decoder .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'base32\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Public domain '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "base32" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "base32" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME base32 \- base32 standard encoding .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32core.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32core.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32core.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'base32core\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Public domain '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "base32::core" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "base32::core" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME base32::core \- Expanding basic base32 maps .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32hex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32hex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base32/base32hex.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'base32hex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Public domain '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "base32::hex" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "base32::hex" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Base32 encoding" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME base32::hex \- base32 extended hex encoding .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base64/ascii85.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base64/ascii85.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base64/ascii85.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ascii85\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010, Emiliano Gavilán '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ascii85" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ascii85" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ascii85 \- ascii85-encode/decode binary data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base64/base64.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base64/base64.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base64/base64.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'base64\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2000, Eric Melski '\" Copyright (c) 2001, Miguel Sofer '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "base64" n 2\&.4\&.2 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "base64" n 2\&.4\&.2 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME base64 \- base64-encode/decode binary data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base64/uuencode.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base64/uuencode.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base64/uuencode.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'uuencode\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uuencode" n 1\&.1\&.4 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uuencode" n 1\&.1\&.4 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uuencode \- UU-encode/decode binary data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/base64/yencode.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/base64/yencode.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/base64/yencode.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'yencode\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "yencode" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "yencode" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Text encoding & decoding binary data" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME yencode \- Y-encode/decode binary data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bee/bee.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bee/bee.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bee/bee.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bee\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bee" n 0\&.1 tcllib "BitTorrent" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bee" n 0\&.1 tcllib "BitTorrent" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bee \- BitTorrent Serialization Format Encoder/Decoder .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench \- bench - Processing benchmark suites .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench_intro \- bench introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_lang_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench_lang_intro \- bench language introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_spec.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_spec.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_lang_spec.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_lang_spec\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench_lang_spec" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench_lang_spec" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench_lang_spec \- bench language specification .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbench_rm\fR \fIpath\fR\&.\&.\&. Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_read.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_read.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_read.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_read\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench::in" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench::in" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench::in \- bench::in - Reading benchmark results .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wcsv.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wcsv.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wcsv.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_wcsv\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench::out::csv" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench::out::csv" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench::out::csv \- bench::out::csv - Formatting benchmark results as CSV .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wtext.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wtext.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bench/bench_wtext.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bench_wtext\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bench::out::text" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bench::out::text" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Benchmarking/Performance tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bench::out::text \- bench::out::text - Formatting benchmark results as human readable text .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/bibtex/bibtex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/bibtex/bibtex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/bibtex/bibtex.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bibtex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 for documentation, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "bibtex" n 0\&.5 tcllib "bibtex" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "bibtex" n 0\&.5 tcllib "bibtex" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME bibtex \- Parse bibtex files .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/blowfish/blowfish.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/blowfish/blowfish.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/blowfish/blowfish.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'blowfish\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "blowfish" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "Blowfish Block Cipher" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "blowfish" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "Blowfish Block Cipher" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME blowfish \- Implementation of the Blowfish block cipher .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/cache/async.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/cache/async.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/cache/async.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'async\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "cache::async" n 0\&.3 tcllib "In-memory caches" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "cache::async" n 0\&.3 tcllib "In-memory caches" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME cache::async \- Asynchronous in-memory cache .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/clock/iso8601.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/clock/iso8601.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/clock/iso8601.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'iso8601\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "clock_iso8601" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Date/Time Utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "clock_iso8601" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Date/Time Utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME clock_iso8601 \- Parsing ISO 8601 dates/times .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/clock/rfc2822.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/clock/rfc2822.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/clock/rfc2822.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rfc2822\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "clock_rfc2822" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Date/Time Utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "clock_rfc2822" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Date/Time Utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME clock_rfc2822 \- Parsing ISO 8601 dates/times .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/cmdline/cmdline.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/cmdline/cmdline.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/cmdline/cmdline.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cmdline\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "cmdline" n 1\&.3\&.3 tcllib "Command line and option processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "cmdline" n 1\&.3\&.3 tcllib "Command line and option processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME cmdline \- Procedures to process command lines and options\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'comm\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1998 The Open Group\&. All Rights Reserved\&. '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 ActiveState Corporation\&. '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "comm" n 4\&.6\&.2 tcllib "Remote communication" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "comm" n 4\&.6\&.2 tcllib "Remote communication" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME comm \- A remote communication facility for Tcl (8\&.3 and later) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm_wire.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm_wire.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/comm/comm_wire.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'comm_wire\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Docs\&. Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "comm_wire" n 3 tcllib "Remote communication" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "comm_wire" n 3 tcllib "Remote communication" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME comm_wire \- The comm wire protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBcomm \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/control/control.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/control/control.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/control/control.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'control\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "control" n 0\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Control Flow Commands" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "control" n 0\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Control Flow Commands" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME control \- Procedures for control flow structures\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/coro_auto.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/coro_auto.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/coro_auto.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'coro_auto\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "coroutine::auto" n 1 tcllib "Coroutine utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "coroutine::auto" n 1 tcllib "Coroutine utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME coroutine::auto \- Automatic event and IO coroutine awareness .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/tcllib_coroutine.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/tcllib_coroutine.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/coroutine/tcllib_coroutine.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_coroutine\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "coroutine" n 1 tcllib "Coroutine utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "coroutine" n 1 tcllib "Coroutine utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME coroutine \- Coroutine based event and IO handling .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/counter/counter.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/counter/counter.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/counter/counter.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'counter\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "counter" n 2\&.0\&.4 tcllib "Counters and Histograms" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "counter" n 2\&.0\&.4 tcllib "Counters and Histograms" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME counter \- Procedures for counters and histograms .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/crc/cksum.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/crc/cksum.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/crc/cksum.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cksum\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "cksum" n 1\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "cksum" n 1\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME cksum \- Calculate a cksum(1) compatible checksum .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc16.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc16.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc16.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'crc16\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "crc16" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "crc16" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME crc16 \- Perform a 16bit Cyclic Redundancy Check .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc32.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc32.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/crc/crc32.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'crc32\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "crc32" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "crc32" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME crc32 \- Perform a 32bit Cyclic Redundancy Check .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/crc/sum.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/crc/sum.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/crc/sum.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'sum\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "sum" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "sum" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "Cyclic Redundancy Checks" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME sum \- Calculate a sum(1) compatible checksum .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/csv/csv.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/csv/csv.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/csv/csv.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'csv\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "csv" n 0\&.8 tcllib "CSV processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "csv" n 0\&.8 tcllib "CSV processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME csv \- Procedures to handle CSV data\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'debug\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 200?, Colin McCormack, Wub Server Utilities '\" Copyright (c) 2012, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "debug" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "debug" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME debug \- debug narrative - core .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_caller.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_caller.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_caller.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'debug_caller\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2012, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "debug::caller" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "debug::caller" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME debug::caller \- debug narrative - caller .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_heartbeat.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_heartbeat.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_heartbeat.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'debug_heartbeat\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 200?, Colin McCormack, Wub Server Utilities '\" Copyright (c) 2012, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "debug::heartbeat" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "debug::heartbeat" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME debug::heartbeat \- debug narrative - heartbeat .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_timestamp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_timestamp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/debug/debug_timestamp.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'debug_timestamp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 200?, Colin McCormack, Wub Server Utilities '\" Copyright (c) 2012, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "debug::timestamp" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "debug::timestamp" n 1 tcllib "debug narrative" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME debug::timestamp \- debug narrative - timestamping .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/des/des.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/des/des.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/des/des.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'des\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "des" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Data Encryption Standard (DES)" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "des" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Data Encryption Standard (DES)" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME des \- Implementation of the DES and triple-DES ciphers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_dns.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_dns.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_dns.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_dns\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "dns" n 1\&.3\&.3 tcllib "Domain Name Service" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "dns" n 1\&.3\&.3 tcllib "Domain Name Service" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME dns \- Tcl Domain Name Service Client .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_ip.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_ip.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/dns/tcllib_ip.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_ip\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Pat Thoyts '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Aamer Akhter '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcllib_ip" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Domain Name Service" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcllib_ip" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Domain Name Service" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcllib_ip \- IPv4 and IPv6 address manipulation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docstrip\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003–2010 Lars Hellström '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docstrip" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Literate programming tool" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docstrip" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Literate programming tool" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docstrip \- Docstrip style source code extraction .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip_util.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip_util.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/docstrip/docstrip_util.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docstrip_util\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003–2010 Lars Hellström '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docstrip_util" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Literate programming tool" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docstrip_util" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Literate programming tool" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docstrip_util \- Docstrip-related utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/changelog.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/changelog.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/changelog.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'changelog\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::changelog" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::changelog" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::changelog \- Processing text in Emacs ChangeLog format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/cvs.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/cvs.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/cvs.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cvs\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::cvs" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::cvs" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::cvs \- Processing text in 'cvs log' format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx" n 1\&.0\&.4 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx" n 1\&.0\&.4 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx \- docidx - Processing indices .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_intro \- docidx introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_cmdref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_cmdref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_cmdref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_lang_cmdref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_lang_cmdref \- docidx language command reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBcomment\fR \fIplaintext\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_faq.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_faq.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_faq.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_lang_faq\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_lang_faq \- docidx language faq .SH DESCRIPTION .SH OVERVIEW Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_lang_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_lang_intro \- docidx language introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_syntax.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_syntax.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_lang_syntax.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_lang_syntax\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_lang_syntax \- docidx language syntax .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_plugin_apiref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_plugin_apiref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/docidx_plugin_apiref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'docidx_plugin_apiref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "docidx_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "docidx_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME docidx_plugin_apiref \- docidx plugin API reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBdt_fmap\fR \fIsymfname\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc" n 1\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc" n 1\&.1\&.3 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc \- doctoc - Processing tables of contents .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_intro \- doctoc introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_cmdref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_cmdref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_cmdref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_lang_cmdref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_lang_cmdref \- doctoc language command reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBcomment\fR \fIplaintext\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_faq.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_faq.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_faq.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_lang_faq\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_lang_faq \- doctoc language faq .SH DESCRIPTION .SH OVERVIEW Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_lang_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_lang_intro \- doctoc language introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_syntax.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_syntax.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_lang_syntax.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_lang_syntax\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_lang_syntax \- doctoc language syntax .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_plugin_apiref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_plugin_apiref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctoc_plugin_apiref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctoc_plugin_apiref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctoc_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctoc_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctoc_plugin_apiref \- doctoc plugin API reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBdt_fmap\fR \fIsymfname\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools" n 1\&.4\&.16 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools" n 1\&.4\&.16 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools \- doctools - Processing documents .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_intro \- doctools introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_cmdref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_cmdref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_cmdref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_lang_cmdref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_lang_cmdref" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_lang_cmdref \- doctools language command reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBarg\fR \fItext\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_faq.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_faq.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_faq.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_lang_faq\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_lang_faq" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_lang_faq \- doctools language faq .SH DESCRIPTION .SH OVERVIEW Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_lang_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_lang_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_lang_intro \- doctools language introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_syntax.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_syntax.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_lang_syntax.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_lang_syntax\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_lang_syntax" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_lang_syntax \- doctools language syntax .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_plugin_apiref.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_plugin_apiref.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/doctools_plugin_apiref.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'doctools_plugin_apiref\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools_plugin_apiref" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools_plugin_apiref \- doctools plugin API reference .SH SYNOPSIS \fBdt_copyright\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/mpexpand.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/mpexpand.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools/mpexpand.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'mpexpand\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "mpexpand" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "mpexpand" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME mpexpand \- Markup processor .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmpexpand\fR ?-module \fImodule\fR? \fIformat\fR \fIinfile\fR|- \fIoutfile\fR|- Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/html_cssdefaults.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/html_cssdefaults.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/html_cssdefaults.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'html_cssdefaults\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::html::cssdefaults" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::html::cssdefaults" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::html::cssdefaults \- Default CSS style for HTML export plugins .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/nroff_manmacros.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/nroff_manmacros.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/nroff_manmacros.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nroff_manmacros\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::nroff::man_macros" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::nroff::man_macros" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::nroff::man_macros \- Default CSS style for NROFF export plugins .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcl_parse.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcl_parse.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcl_parse.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcl_parse\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::tcl::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::tcl::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::tcl::parse \- Processing text in 'subst -novariables' format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcllib_msgcat.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcllib_msgcat.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2base/tcllib_msgcat.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_msgcat\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat \- Message catalog management for the various document parsers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'container\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx" n 2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx" n 2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx \- Holding keyword indices .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::idx ?2?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'export\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export \- Exporting keyword indices .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::idx::export ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_docidx.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_docidx.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_docidx.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::docidx" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::docidx" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::docidx \- docidx export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_html.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_html.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_html.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::html" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::html" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::html \- HTML export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::json \- JSON export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_nroff.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_nroff.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_nroff.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::nroff" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::nroff" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::nroff \- nroff export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_text.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_text.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_text.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::text" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::text" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::text \- plain text export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_wiki.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_wiki.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/export_wiki.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::export::wiki" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::export::wiki" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::export::wiki \- wiki export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'import\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::import" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::import" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::import \- Importing keyword indices .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::idx::import ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_docidx.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_docidx.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_docidx.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::import::docidx" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::import::docidx" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::import::docidx \- docidx import plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/import_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::import::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::import::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::import::json \- JSON import plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/introduction.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/introduction.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/introduction.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'introduction\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools2idx_introduction" n 2\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools2idx_introduction" n 2\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools2idx_introduction \- DocTools - Keyword indices .SH DESCRIPTION \fIdocidx\fR (short for \fIdocumentation indices\fR) stands for a Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_c.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_c.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_c.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::c" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::c" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::idx::c \- Message catalog for the docidx parser (C) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_de.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_de.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_de.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::de" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::de" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::idx::de \- Message catalog for the docidx parser (DE) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_en.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_en.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_en.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::en" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::en" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::idx::en \- Message catalog for the docidx parser (EN) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_fr.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_fr.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/msgcat_fr.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::fr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::idx::fr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::idx::fr \- Message catalog for the docidx parser (FR) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/parse.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/parse.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/parse.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'parse\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::parse \- Parsing text in docidx format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::idx::parse ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/structure.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/structure.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2idx/structure.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'structure\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::idx::structure" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::idx::structure" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::idx::structure \- Docidx serialization utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::idx::structure ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'container\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc" n 2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc" n 2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc \- Holding tables of contents .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::toc ?2?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'export\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export \- Exporting tables of contents .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::toc::export ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_doctoc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_doctoc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_doctoc.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::doctoc" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::doctoc" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::doctoc \- doctoc export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_html.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_html.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_html.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::html" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::html" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::html \- HTML export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::json \- JSON export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_nroff.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_nroff.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_nroff.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::nroff" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::nroff" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::nroff \- nroff export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_text.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_text.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_text.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::text" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::text" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::text \- plain text export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_wiki.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_wiki.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/export_wiki.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::export::wiki" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::export::wiki" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::export::wiki \- wiki export plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'import\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::import" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::import" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::import \- Importing keyword indices .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::toc::import ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_doctoc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_doctoc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_doctoc.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::import::doctoc" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::import::doctoc" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::import::doctoc \- doctoc import plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/import_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::import::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::import::json" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::import::json \- JSON import plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/introduction.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/introduction.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/introduction.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'introduction\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools2toc_introduction" n 2\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools2toc_introduction" n 2\&.0 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools2toc_introduction \- DocTools - Tables of Contents .SH DESCRIPTION \fIdoctoc\fR (short for \fIdocumentation tables of contents\fR) Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_c.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_c.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_c.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::c" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::c" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::toc::c \- Message catalog for the doctoc parser (C) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_de.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_de.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_de.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::de" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::de" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::toc::de \- Message catalog for the doctoc parser (DE) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_en.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_en.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_en.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::en" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::en" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::toc::en \- Message catalog for the doctoc parser (EN) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_fr.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_fr.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/msgcat_fr.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'msgcat\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::fr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::msgcat::toc::fr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::msgcat::toc::fr \- Message catalog for the doctoc parser (FR) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/parse.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/parse.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/parse.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'parse\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::parse" n 1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::parse \- Parsing text in doctoc format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::toc::parse ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/structure.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/structure.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/doctools2toc/structure.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'structure\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "doctools::toc::structure" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "doctools::toc::structure" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Documentation tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME doctools::toc::structure \- Doctoc serialization utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBdoctools::toc::structure ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/dtplite/dtplite.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/dtplite/dtplite.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/dtplite/dtplite.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'dtplite\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "dtplite" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "dtplite" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Documentation toolbox" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME dtplite \- Lightweight DocTools Markup Processor .SH SYNOPSIS \fBdtplite\fR \fB-o\fR \fIoutput\fR ?options? \fIformat\fR \fIinputfile\fR DELETED embedded/man/files/modules/exif/exif.n Index: embedded/man/files/modules/exif/exif.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/exif/exif.n +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -'\" -'\" Generated from file 'exif\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' -'\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. -.if t .wh -1.3i ^B -.nr ^l \n(.l -.ad b -'\" # Start an argument description -.de AP -.ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 -.el \{\ -. ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu -. el .TP 15 -.\} -.ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu -.ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) -.\".b -.\} -.el \{\ -.br -.ie !"\\$2"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP -.\} -.el \{\ -\&\\fI\\$1\\fP -.\} -.\} -.. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP -.de AS -.nr )A 10n -.if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n -.nr )B \\n()Au+15n -.\" -.if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n -.nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n -.. -.AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 -.de BS -.br -.mk ^y -.nr ^b 1u -.if n .nf -.if n .ti 0 -.if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' -.if n .fi -.. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) -.de BE -.nf -.ti 0 -.mk ^t -.ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' -.el \{\ -.\" Draw four-sided box normally, but don't draw top of -.\" box if the box started on an earlier page. -.ie !\\n(^b-1 \{\ -\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\l'\\n(^lu+3n\(ul'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul' -.\} -.el \}\ -\h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\l'|0u-1.5n\(ul' -.\} -.\} -.fi -.br -.nr ^b 0 -.. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) -.de VS -.if !"\\$2"" .br -.mk ^Y -.ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 -.el .nr ^v 1u -.. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar -.de VE -.ie n 'mc -.el \{\ -.ev 2 -.nf -.ti 0 -.mk ^t -\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\L'|\\n(^Yu-1v\(bv'\v'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu'\h'-|\\n(^lu+3n' -.sp -1 -.fi -.ev -.\} -.nr ^v 0 -.. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. -.de ^B -.ev 2 -'ti 0 -'nf -.mk ^t -.if \\n(^b \{\ -.\" Draw three-sided box if this is the box's first page, -.\" draw two sides but no top otherwise. -.ie !\\n(^b-1 \h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\l'\\n(^lu+3n\(ul'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\h'|0u'\c -.el \h'-1.5n'\L'|\\n(^yu-1v'\h'\\n(^lu+3n'\L'\\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^yu'\h'|0u'\c -.\} -.if \\n(^v \{\ -.nr ^x \\n(^tu+1v-\\n(^Yu -\kx\h'-\\nxu'\h'|\\n(^lu+3n'\ky\L'-\\n(^xu'\v'\\n(^xu'\h'|0u'\c -.\} -.bp -'fi -.ev -.if \\n(^b \{\ -.mk ^y -.nr ^b 2 -.\} -.if \\n(^v \{\ -.mk ^Y -.\} -.. -'\" # DS - begin display -.de DS -.RS -.nf -.sp -.. -'\" # DE - end display -.de DE -.fi -.RE -.sp -.. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options -.de SO -.SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" -.LP -.nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c -.ft B -.. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options -.de SE -.fi -.ft R -.LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. -.. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option -.de OP -.LP -.nf -.ta 4c -Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR -Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR -Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR -.fi -.IP -.. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt -.de CS -.RS -.nf -.ta .25i .5i .75i 1i -.. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt -.de CE -.fi -.RE -.. -.de UL -\\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 -.. -.TH "exif" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "EXIF parsing" -.BS -.SH NAME -exif \- Tcl EXIF extracts and parses EXIF fields from digital images -.SH SYNOPSIS -package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR -.sp -package require \fBexif ?1\&.1\&.2?\fR -.sp -\fBexif::analyze\fR \fIchannel\fR ?\fIthumbnail\fR? -.sp -\fBexif::analyzeFile\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIthumbnail\fR? -.sp -\fBexif::fieldnames\fR -.sp -.BE -.SH DESCRIPTION -.PP -The EXIF package is a recoding of Chris Breeze's Perl package to do -the same thing\&. This version accepts a channel as input and returns a -serialized array with all the recognised fields parsed out\&. -.PP -There is also a function to obtain a list of all possible field names -that might be present, which is useful in building GUIs that present -such information\&. -.SH COMMANDS -.TP -\fBexif::analyze\fR \fIchannel\fR ?\fIthumbnail\fR? -\fIchannel\fR should be an open file handle rewound to the start\&. It -does not need to be seekable\&. \fIchannel\fR will be set to binary -mode and is left wherever it happens to stop being parsed, usually at -the end of the file or the start of the image data\&. You must open and -close the stream yourself\&. If no error is thrown, the return value is -a serialized array with informative English text about what was found -in the EXIF block\&. Failure during parsing or I/O throw errors\&. -.sp -If \fIthumbnail\fR is present and not the empty string it will be -interpreted as the name of a file, and the thumbnail image contained -in the exif data will be written into it\&. -.TP -\fBexif::analyzeFile\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIthumbnail\fR? -This is a file-based wrapper around \fBexif::analyze\fR\&. Instead of -taking a stream it takes a \fIfilename\fR and analyzes the contents of -the specified file\&. -.TP -\fBexif::fieldnames\fR -This returns a list of all possible field names\&. That is, the array -returned by \fBexif::analyze\fR will not contain keys that are not -listed in the return from \fBexif::fieldnames\fR\&. Of course, if -information is missing in the image file, \fBexif::analyze\fR may not -return all the fields listed in the return from exif::fieldnames\&. -This function is expected to be primarily useful for building GUIs to -display results\&. -.sp -N\&.B\&.: Read the implementation of \fBexif::fieldnames\fR before -modifying the implementation of \fBexif::analyze\fR\&. -.PP -.SH COPYRIGHTS -(c) 2002 Darren New -Hold harmless the author, and any lawful use is allowed\&. -.SH ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS -This code is a direct translation of version 1\&.3 of exif\&.pl by Chris -Breeze\&. See the source for full headers, references, etc\&. -.SH "BUGS, IDEAS, FEEDBACK" -This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain -bugs and other problems\&. -Please report such in the category \fIexif\fR of the -\fITcllib Trackers\fR [http://core\&.tcl\&.tk/tcllib/reportlist]\&. -Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either -package and/or documentation\&. -.SH KEYWORDS -exif, jpeg, maker note, tiff -.SH CATEGORY -File formats Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/fileutil.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/fileutil.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/fileutil.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'fileutil\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil" n 1\&.14\&.6 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil" n 1\&.14\&.6 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil \- Procedures implementing some file utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multi.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multi.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multi.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'multi\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::multi" n 0\&.1 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::multi" n 0\&.1 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::multi \- Multi-file operation, scatter/gather, standard object .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multiop.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multiop.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/multiop.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'multiop\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::multi::op" n 0\&.5\&.3 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::multi::op" n 0\&.5\&.3 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::multi::op \- Multi-file operation, scatter/gather .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/traverse.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/traverse.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fileutil/traverse.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'traverse\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil_traverse" n 0\&.4\&.3 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil_traverse" n 0\&.4\&.3 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil_traverse \- Iterative directory traversal .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ftp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ftp" n 2\&.4\&.11 tcllib "ftp client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ftp" n 2\&.4\&.11 tcllib "ftp client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ftp \- Client-side tcl implementation of the ftp protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp_geturl.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp_geturl.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ftp/ftp_geturl.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ftp_geturl\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ftp::geturl" n 0\&.2\&.1 tcllib "ftp client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ftp::geturl" n 0\&.2\&.1 tcllib "ftp client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ftp::geturl \- Uri handler for ftp urls .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ftpd/ftpd.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ftpd/ftpd.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ftpd/ftpd.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ftpd\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ftpd" n 1\&.2\&.6 tcllib "Tcl FTP Server Package" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ftpd" n 1\&.2\&.6 tcllib "Tcl FTP Server Package" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ftpd \- Tcl FTP server implementation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cfront.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cfront.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cfront.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cfront\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::magic::cfront" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::magic::cfront" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::magic::cfront \- Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cgen.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cgen.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/cgen.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cgen\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::magic::cgen" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::magic::cgen" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::magic::cgen \- Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/filetypes.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/filetypes.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/filetypes.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'filetypes\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::magic::filetype" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::magic::filetype" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::magic::filetype \- Procedures implementing file-type recognition .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/mimetypes.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/mimetypes.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/mimetypes.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'mimetypes\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::magic::mimetype" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::magic::mimetype" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::magic::mimetype \- Procedures implementing mime-type recognition .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/rtcore.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/rtcore.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/fumagic/rtcore.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rtcore\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "fileutil::magic::rt" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "fileutil::magic::rt" n 1\&.0 tcllib "file utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME fileutil::magic::rt \- Runtime core for file type recognition engines written in pure Tcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/generator/generator.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/generator/generator.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/generator/generator.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'generator\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "generator" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Generator Commands" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "generator" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Generator Commands" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME generator \- Procedures for creating and using generators\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/gpx/gpx.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/gpx/gpx.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/gpx/gpx.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'gpx\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010, Keith Vetter '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "gpx" n 0\&.9 tcllib "GPS eXchange Format (GPX)" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "gpx" n 0\&.9 tcllib "GPS eXchange Format (GPX)" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME gpx \- Extracts waypoints, tracks and routes from GPX files .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_aycock/aycock.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_aycock/aycock.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_aycock/aycock.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'aycock\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 by Kevin B\&. Kenny '\" Redistribution permitted under the terms of the Open Publication License '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::aycock" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Aycock-Horspool-Earley parser generator for Tcl" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::aycock" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Aycock-Horspool-Earley parser generator for Tcl" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::aycock \- Aycock-Horspool-Earley parser generator for Tcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dacceptor.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dacceptor.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dacceptor.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'dacceptor\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::fa::dacceptor" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::fa::dacceptor" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::fa::dacceptor \- Create and use deterministic acceptors .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dexec.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dexec.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/dexec.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'dexec\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Bogdan '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::fa::dexec" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::fa::dexec" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::fa::dexec \- Execute deterministic finite automatons .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/fa.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/fa.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/fa.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'fa\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::fa" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::fa" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::fa \- Create and manipulate finite automatons .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/faop.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/faop.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_fa/faop.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'faop\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::fa::op" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::fa::op" n 0\&.4 tcllib "Finite automaton operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::fa::op \- Operations on finite automatons .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/gasm.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/gasm.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/gasm.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'gasm\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me::cpu::gasm" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me::cpu::gasm" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me::cpu::gasm \- ME assembler .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBgrammar::me::cpu::gasm ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_ast.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_ast.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_ast.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_ast\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me_ast" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me_ast" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me_ast \- Various representations of ASTs .SH DESCRIPTION This document specifies various representations for the Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpu.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpu.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpu.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_cpu\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me::cpu" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me::cpu" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me::cpu \- Virtual machine implementation II for parsing token streams .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpucore.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpucore.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_cpucore.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_cpucore\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me::cpu::core" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me::cpu::core" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me::cpu::core \- ME virtual machine state manipulation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me_intro" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me_intro" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me_intro \- Introduction to virtual machines for parsing token streams .SH DESCRIPTION This document is an introduction to and overview of the basic Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_tcl.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_tcl.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_tcl.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_tcl\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me::tcl" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me::tcl" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me::tcl \- Virtual machine implementation I for parsing token streams .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_util.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_util.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_util.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_util\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me::util" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me::util" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me::util \- AST utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_vm.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_vm.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_me/me_vm.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'me_vm\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::me_vm" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::me_vm" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::me_vm \- Virtual machine for parsing token streams .SH DESCRIPTION Please go and read the document \fBgrammar::me_intro\fR first for Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'peg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::peg" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::peg" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::peg \- Create and manipulate parsing expression grammars .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg_interp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg_interp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/grammar_peg/peg_interp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'peg_interp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "grammar::peg::interp" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "grammar::peg::interp" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Grammar operations and usage" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME grammar::peg::interp \- Interpreter for parsing expression grammars .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/hook/hook.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/hook/hook.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/hook/hook.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'hook\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010, by William H\&. Duquette '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "hook" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Hooks" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "hook" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Hooks" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME hook \- Hooks .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/html/html.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/html/html.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/html/html.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'html\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "html" n 1\&.4 tcllib "HTML Generation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "html" n 1\&.4 tcllib "HTML Generation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME html \- Procedures to generate HTML structures .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/htmlparse/htmlparse.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/htmlparse/htmlparse.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/htmlparse/htmlparse.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'htmlparse\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "htmlparse" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "HTML Parser" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "htmlparse" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "HTML Parser" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME htmlparse \- Procedures to parse HTML strings .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/http/autoproxy.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/http/autoproxy.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/http/autoproxy.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'autoproxy\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "autoproxy" n 1\&.5\&.3 tcllib "HTTP protocol helper modules" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "autoproxy" n 1\&.5\&.3 tcllib "HTTP protocol helper modules" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME autoproxy \- Automatic HTTP proxy usage and authentication .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ident/ident.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ident/ident.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ident/ident.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ident\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Reinhard Max '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ident" n 0\&.42 tcllib "Identification protocol client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ident" n 0\&.42 tcllib "Identification protocol client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ident \- Ident protocol client .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/imap4/imap4.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/imap4/imap4.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/imap4/imap4.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'imap4\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "imap4" n 0\&.5\&.2 tcllib "imap client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "imap4" n 0\&.5\&.2 tcllib "imap client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME imap4 \- imap client-side tcl implementation of imap protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/inifile/ini.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/inifile/ini.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/inifile/ini.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ini\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "inifile" n 0\&.2\&.5 tcllib "Parsing of Windows INI files" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "inifile" n 0\&.2\&.5 tcllib "Parsing of Windows INI files" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME inifile \- Parsing of Windows INI files .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_method.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_method.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_method.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'deleg_method\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "deleg_method" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "deleg_method" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME deleg_method \- Creation of comm delegates (snit methods) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_proc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_proc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/interp/deleg_proc.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'deleg_proc\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "deleg_proc" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "deleg_proc" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME deleg_proc \- Creation of comm delegates (procedures) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/interp/tcllib_interp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/interp/tcllib_interp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/interp/tcllib_interp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_interp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "interp" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "interp" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Interpreter utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME interp \- Interp creation and aliasing .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/irc/irc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/irc/irc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/irc/irc.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'irc\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "irc" n 0\&.6\&.1 tcllib "Low Level Tcl IRC Interface" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "irc" n 0\&.6\&.1 tcllib "Low Level Tcl IRC Interface" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME irc \- Create IRC connection and interface\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/irc/picoirc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/irc/picoirc.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/irc/picoirc.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'picoirc\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "picoirc" n 0\&.5 tcllib "Simple embeddable IRC interface" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "picoirc" n 0\&.5 tcllib "Simple embeddable IRC interface" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME picoirc \- Small and simple embeddable IRC client\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/javascript/javascript.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/javascript/javascript.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/javascript/javascript.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'javascript\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "javascript" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "HTML and Java Script Generation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "javascript" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "HTML and Java Script Generation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME javascript \- Procedures to generate HTML and Java Script structures\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/jpeg/jpeg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/jpeg/jpeg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/jpeg/jpeg.n @@ -3,87 +3,94 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2005, Code: Aaron Faupell '\" Copyright (c) 2007, Code: Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2009, Doc: Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2011, Code: Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "jpeg" n 0\&.5 tcllib "JPEG image manipulation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -92,33 +99,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -134,20 +141,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -158,13 +165,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -187,38 +194,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -225,25 +234,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "jpeg" n 0\&.5 tcllib "JPEG image manipulation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME jpeg \- JPEG querying and manipulation of meta data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/json/json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/json/json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/json/json.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'json\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 ActiveState Software Inc\&. '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Thomas Maeder, Glue Software Engineering AG '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "json" n 1\&.2 tcllib "JSON" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "json" n 1\&.2 tcllib "JSON" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME json \- JSON parser .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/json/json_write.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/json/json_write.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/json/json_write.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'json_write\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "json::write" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "JSON" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "json::write" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "JSON" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME json::write \- JSON generation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/lambda/lambda.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/lambda/lambda.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/lambda/lambda.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'lambda\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries, BSD licensed '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "lambda" n 1 tcllib "Utility commands for anonymous procedures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "lambda" n 1 tcllib "Utility commands for anonymous procedures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME lambda \- Utility commands for anonymous procedures .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldap.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldap.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldap.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'ldap\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Jochen Loewer '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Schlenker '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ldap" n 1\&.6\&.9 tcllib "LDAP client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ldap" n 1\&.6\&.9 tcllib "LDAP client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ldap \- LDAP client .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldapx.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldapx.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ldap/ldapx.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ldapx\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Pierre David '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ldapx" n 0\&.2\&.5 tcllib "LDAP extended object interface" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ldapx" n 0\&.2\&.5 tcllib "LDAP extended object interface" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ldapx \- LDAP extended object interface .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/log/log.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/log/log.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/log/log.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'log\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2001-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "log" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Logging facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "log" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Logging facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME log \- Procedures to log messages of libraries and applications\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/log/logger.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/log/logger.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/log/logger.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'logger\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "logger" n 0\&.9\&.3 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "logger" n 0\&.9\&.3 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME logger \- System to control logging of events\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerAppender.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerAppender.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerAppender.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'loggerAppender\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Aamer Akhter '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "logger::appender" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "logger::appender" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME logger::appender \- Collection of predefined appenders for logger .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerUtils.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerUtils.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/log/loggerUtils.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'loggerUtils\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Aamer Akhter '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "logger::utils" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "logger::utils" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Object Oriented logging facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME logger::utils \- Utilities for logger .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_geocode_nominatim.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_geocode_nominatim.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_geocode_nominatim.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'map_geocode_nominatim\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "map::geocode::nominatim" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "map::geocode::nominatim" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME map::geocode::nominatim \- Resolving geographical names with a Nominatim service .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'map_slippy\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "map::slippy" n 0\&.5 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "map::slippy" n 0\&.5 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME map::slippy \- Common code for slippy based map packages .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_cache.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_cache.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_cache.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'map_slippy_cache\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "map::slippy::cache" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "map::slippy::cache" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME map::slippy::cache \- Management of a tile cache in the local filesystem .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_fetcher.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_fetcher.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/map/map_slippy_fetcher.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'map_slippy_fetcher\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "map::slippy::fetcher" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "map::slippy::fetcher" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Mapping utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME map::slippy::fetcher \- Accessing a server providing tiles for slippy-based maps .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/mapproj/mapproj.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/mapproj/mapproj.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/mapproj/mapproj.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'mapproj\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Kevin B\&. Kenny '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "mapproj" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "mapproj" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME mapproj \- Map projection routines .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/bigfloat.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/bigfloat.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/bigfloat.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bigfloat\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2008, by Stephane Arnold '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::bigfloat" n 2\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::bigfloat" n 2\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::bigfloat \- Arbitrary precision floating-point numbers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/bignum.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/bignum.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/bignum.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'bignum\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Salvatore Sanfilippo '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::bignum" n 3\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::bignum" n 3\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::bignum \- Arbitrary precision integer numbers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/calculus.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/calculus.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/calculus.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'calculus\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::calculus" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::calculus" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::calculus \- Integration and ordinary differential equations .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/combinatorics.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/combinatorics.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/combinatorics.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'combinatorics\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::combinatorics" n 1\&.2\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::combinatorics" n 1\&.2\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::combinatorics \- Combinatorial functions in the Tcl Math Library .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/constants.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/constants.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/constants.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'constants\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::constants" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::constants" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::constants \- Mathematical and numerical constants .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.3?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/decimal.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/decimal.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/decimal.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'decimal\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Mark Alston '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::decimal" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Decimal Arithmetic Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::decimal" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Decimal Arithmetic Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::decimal \- General decimal arithmetic .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.5?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/fourier.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/fourier.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/fourier.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'fourier\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::fourier" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::fourier" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::fourier \- Discrete and fast fourier transforms .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/fuzzy.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/fuzzy.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/fuzzy.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'fuzzy\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::fuzzy" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::fuzzy" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::fuzzy \- Fuzzy comparison of floating-point numbers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.3?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/interpolate.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/interpolate.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/interpolate.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'interpolate\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Kevn B\&. Kenny '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::interpolate" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,34 +232,56 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::interpolate" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::interpolate \- Interpolation routines .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR .sp package require \fBstruct \fR .sp -package require \fBmath::interpolate ?1\&.0\&.2?\fR +package require \fBmath::interpolate ?1\&.1?\fR .sp \fB::math::interpolate::defineTable\fR \fIname\fR \fIcolnames\fR \fIvalues\fR .sp \fB::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table\fR \fIname\fR \fIxval\fR .sp @@ -293,10 +324,15 @@ .IP \(bu Interpolation in one dimension using cubic splines\&. .PP .PP This document describes the procedures and explains their usage\&. +.SH "INCOMPATIBILITY WITH VERSION 1\&.0\&.3" +The interpretation of the tables in the \fB::math::interpolate::interpolate-1d-table\fR command +has been changed to be compatible with the interpretation for 2D interpolation in +the \fB::math::interpolate::interpolate-table\fR command\&. As a consequence this version is +incompatible with the previous versions of the command (1\&.0\&.x)\&. .SH PROCEDURES The interpolation package defines the following public procedures: .TP \fB::math::interpolate::defineTable\fR \fIname\fR \fIcolnames\fR \fIvalues\fR Define a table with one or two independent variables (the distinction is implicit in @@ -459,12 +495,43 @@ interpolating polynomial of high degree, which is likely to result in numerical instabilities; one is better off using only a few tabulated values near the desired abscissa\&. .PP .SH EXAMPLES -\fITODO\fR -Example of using the cubic splines: +\fIExample of using one-dimensional tables:\fR +.PP +Suppose you have several tabulated functions of one variable: +.CS + + + x y1 y2 + 0\&.0 0\&.0 0\&.0 + 1\&.0 1\&.0 1\&.0 + 2\&.0 4\&.0 8\&.0 + 3\&.0 9\&.0 27\&.0 + 4\&.0 16\&.0 64\&.0 + +.CE +Then to estimate the values at 0\&.5, 1\&.5, 2\&.5 and 3\&.5, you can use: +.CS + + + set table [::math::interpolate::defineTable table1 {x y1 y2} { - 1 2 + 0\&.0 0\&.0 0\&.0 + 1\&.0 1\&.0 1\&.0 + 2\&.0 4\&.0 8\&.0 + 3\&.0 9\&.0 27\&.0 + 4\&.0 16\&.0 64\&.0}] + foreach x {0\&.5 1\&.5 2\&.5 3\&.5} { + puts "$x: [::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table $table $x]" + } + +.CE +For one-dimensional tables the first row is not used\&. For two-dimensional +tables, the first row represents the values for the second independent variable\&. +.PP +\fIExample of using the cubic splines:\fR .PP Suppose the following values are given: .CS Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/linalg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/linalg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/linalg.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'linalg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Arjen Markus '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Ed Hume '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Buadin '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::linearalgebra" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::linearalgebra" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::linearalgebra \- Linear Algebra .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/machineparameters.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/machineparameters.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/machineparameters.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'machineparameters\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Baudin '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tclrep/machineparameters" n 1\&.0 tcllib "tclrep" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tclrep/machineparameters" n 1\&.0 tcllib "tclrep" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tclrep/machineparameters \- Compute double precision machine parameters\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBsnit \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/math.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/math.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/math.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'math\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math" n 1\&.2\&.5 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math" n 1\&.2\&.5 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math \- Tcl Math Library .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/math_geometry.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/math_geometry.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/math_geometry.n @@ -3,87 +3,94 @@ '\" Copyright (c) 2001 by Ideogramic ApS and other parties '\" Copyright (c) 2004 by Arjen Markus '\" Copyright (c) 2010 by Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2010 by Kevin Kenny '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::geometry" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -92,33 +99,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -134,20 +141,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -158,13 +165,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -187,38 +194,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -225,25 +234,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::geometry" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::geometry \- Geometrical computations .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.3?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/numtheory.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/numtheory.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/numtheory.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'numtheory\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010 Lars Hellström '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::numtheory" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::numtheory" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::numtheory \- Number Theory .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.5?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/optimize.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/optimize.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/optimize.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'optimize\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" Copyright (c) 2004,2005 Kevn B\&. Kenny '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::optimize" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::optimize" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::optimize \- Optimisation routines .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/polynomials.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/polynomials.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/polynomials.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'polynomials\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::polynomials" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::polynomials" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::polynomials \- Polynomial functions .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.3?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/qcomplex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/qcomplex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/qcomplex.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'qcomplex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::complexnumbers" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::complexnumbers" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::complexnumbers \- Straightforward complex number package .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/rational_funcs.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/rational_funcs.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/rational_funcs.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rational_funcs\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::rationalfunctions" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Math" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::rationalfunctions" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Math" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::rationalfunctions \- Polynomial functions .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/roman.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/roman.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/roman.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'roman\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Kenneth Green '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::roman" 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::roman" 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::roman \- Tools for creating and manipulating roman numerals .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/romberg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/romberg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/romberg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'romberg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Kevin B\&. Kenny \&. All rights reserved\&. Redistribution permitted under the terms of the Open Publication License '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::calculus::romberg" n 0\&.6 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::calculus::romberg" n 0\&.6 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::calculus::romberg \- Romberg integration .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/special.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/special.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/special.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'special\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::special" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::special" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::special \- Special mathematical functions .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.3?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/statistics.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/statistics.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/statistics.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'statistics\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::statistics" n 0\&.8 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::statistics" n 0\&.8 tcllib "Tcl Math Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::statistics \- Basic statistical functions and procedures .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/math/symdiff.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/math/symdiff.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/math/symdiff.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'symdiff\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010 by Kevin B\&. Kenny '\" Redistribution permitted under the terms of the Open Publication License '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "math::calculus::symdiff" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Symbolic differentiation for Tcl" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "math::calculus::symdiff" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Symbolic differentiation for Tcl" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME math::calculus::symdiff \- Symbolic differentiation for Tcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/md4/md4.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/md4/md4.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/md4/md4.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'md4\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "md4" n 1\&.0\&.5 tcllib "MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "md4" n 1\&.0\&.5 tcllib "MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME md4 \- MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/md5/md5.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/md5/md5.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/md5/md5.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'md5\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "md5" n 2\&.0\&.7 tcllib "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "md5" n 2\&.0\&.7 tcllib "MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME md5 \- MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/md5crypt/md5crypt.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/md5crypt/md5crypt.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/md5crypt/md5crypt.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'md5crypt\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "md5crypt" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "MD5-based password encryption" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "md5crypt" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "MD5-based password encryption" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME md5crypt \- MD5-based password encryption .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/mime/mime.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/mime/mime.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/mime/mime.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'mime\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Marshall T\&. Rose '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "mime" n 1\&.5\&.6 tcllib "Mime" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "mime" n 1\&.5\&.6 tcllib "Mime" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME mime \- Manipulation of MIME body parts .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/mime/smtp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/mime/smtp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/mime/smtp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'smtp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Marshall T\&. Rose and others '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "smtp" n 1\&.4\&.5 tcllib "smtp client" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "smtp" n 1\&.4\&.5 tcllib "smtp client" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME smtp \- Client-side tcl implementation of the smtp protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl \fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/multiplexer/multiplexer.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/multiplexer/multiplexer.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/multiplexer/multiplexer.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'multiplexer\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "multiplexer" n 0\&.2 tcllib "One-to-many communication with sockets\&." +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "multiplexer" n 0\&.2 tcllib "One-to-many communication with sockets\&." +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME multiplexer \- One-to-many communication with sockets\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/namespacex/namespacex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/namespacex/namespacex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/namespacex/namespacex.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'namespacex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 200? Neil Madden (http://wiki\&.tcl\&.tk/12790) '\" Copyright (c) 200? Various (http://wiki\&.tcl\&.tk/1489) '\" Copyright (c) 2010 Documentation, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "namespacex" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Namespace utility commands" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "namespacex" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Namespace utility commands" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME namespacex \- Namespace utility commands .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ncgi/ncgi.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ncgi/ncgi.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ncgi/ncgi.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ncgi\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ncgi" n 1\&.4\&.2 tcllib "CGI Support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ncgi" n 1\&.4\&.2 tcllib "CGI Support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ncgi \- Procedures to manipulate CGI values\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nmea/nmea.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nmea/nmea.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nmea/nmea.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nmea\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009, Aaron Faupell '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nmea" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "NMEA protocol implementation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nmea" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "NMEA protocol implementation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nmea \- Process NMEA data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_auto.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_auto.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_auto.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_auto\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nameserv::auto" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nameserv::auto" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nameserv::auto \- Name service facility, Client Extension .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_client.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_client.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_client.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_client\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nameserv" n 0\&.4\&.2 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nameserv" n 0\&.4\&.2 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nameserv \- Name service facility, Client .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_common.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_common.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_common.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_common\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nameserv::common" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nameserv::common" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nameserv::common \- Name service facility, shared definitions .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nns_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nns_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nns_intro \- Name service facility, introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_protocol.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_protocol.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_protocol.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_protocol\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nameserv::protocol" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nameserv::protocol" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nameserv::protocol \- Name service facility, client/server protocol .SH SYNOPSIS \fBBind\fR \fIname\fR \fIdata\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_server.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_server.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nns/nns_server.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nns_server\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nameserv::server" n 0\&.3\&.2 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nameserv::server" n 0\&.3\&.2 tcllib "Name service facility" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nameserv::server \- Name service facility, Server .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/nntp/nntp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/nntp/nntp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/nntp/nntp.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nntp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "nntp" n 1\&.5\&.1 tcllib "Tcl NNTP Client Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "nntp" n 1\&.5\&.1 tcllib "Tcl NNTP Client Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME nntp \- Tcl client for the NNTP protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ntp/ntp_time.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ntp/ntp_time.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ntp/ntp_time.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ntp_time\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ntp_time" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Network Time Facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ntp_time" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Network Time Facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ntp_time \- Tcl Time Service Client .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.0\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ooutil/ooutil.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ooutil/ooutil.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ooutil/ooutil.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ooutil\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011-2013 Andreas Kupries, BSD licensed '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "oo::util" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Utility commands for TclOO" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "oo::util" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Utility commands for TclOO" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME oo::util \- Utility commands for TclOO .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/otp/otp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/otp/otp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/otp/otp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'otp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "otp" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "RFC 2289 A One-Time Password System" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "otp" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "RFC 2289 A One-Time Password System" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME otp \- One-Time Passwords .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_intro.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_intro.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_intro.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_intro\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_intro" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_intro \- page introduction .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_pluginmgr.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_pluginmgr.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_pluginmgr.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_pluginmgr\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_pluginmgr" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_pluginmgr" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_pluginmgr \- page plugin manager .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::pluginmgr ?0\&.2?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_flow.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_flow.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_flow.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_util_flow\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_util_flow" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_util_flow" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_util_flow \- page dataflow/treewalker utility .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::util::flow ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_lemon.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_lemon.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_lemon.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_util_norm_lemon\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_util_norm_lemon" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_util_norm_lemon" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_util_norm_lemon \- page AST normalization, LEMON .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::util::norm_lemon ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_norm_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_util_norm_peg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_util_norm_peg" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_util_norm_peg" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_util_norm_peg \- page AST normalization, PEG .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::util::norm_peg ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_util_peg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_util_peg" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_util_peg" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_util_peg \- page PEG transformation utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::util::peg ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_quote.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_quote.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/page/page_util_quote.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'page_util_quote\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "page_util_quote" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "page_util_quote" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Parser generator tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME page_util_quote \- page character quoting utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBpage::util::quote ?0\&.1?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pki/pki.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pki/pki.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pki/pki.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pki\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, Roy Keene, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pki" n 0\&.6 tcllib "public key encryption" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pki" n 0\&.6 tcllib "public key encryption" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pki \- Implementation of the public key cipher .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pluginmgr/pluginmgr.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pluginmgr/pluginmgr.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pluginmgr/pluginmgr.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pluginmgr\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pluginmgr" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Plugin management" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pluginmgr" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Plugin management" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pluginmgr \- Manage a plugin .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/png/png.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/png/png.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/png/png.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'png\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Code: Aaron Faupell '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Doc: Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "png" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Image manipulation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "png" n 0\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Image manipulation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME png \- PNG querying and manipulation of meta data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pop3/pop3.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pop3/pop3.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pop3/pop3.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pop3\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pop3" n 1\&.9 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Client Library" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pop3" n 1\&.9 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Client Library" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pop3 \- Tcl client for POP3 email protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pop3d\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Reinhard Max '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pop3d" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pop3d" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pop3d \- Tcl POP3 server implementation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_dbox.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_dbox.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_dbox.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pop3d_dbox\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pop3d::dbox" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pop3d::dbox" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pop3d::dbox \- Simple mailbox database for pop3d .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_udb.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_udb.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pop3d/pop3d_udb.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pop3d_udb\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pop3d::udb" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pop3d::udb" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl POP3 Server Package" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pop3d::udb \- Simple user database for pop3d .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/profiler/profiler.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/profiler/profiler.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/profiler/profiler.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'profiler\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "profiler" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Profiler" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "profiler" n 0\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Profiler" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME profiler \- Tcl source code profiler .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_astree.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_astree.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_astree.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_astree\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::ast" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::ast" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::ast \- Abstract Syntax Tree Serialization .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_cparam_config_critcl.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_cparam_config_critcl.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_cparam_config_critcl.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_cparam_config_critcl\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::cparam::configuration::critcl" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::cparam::configuration::critcl" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::cparam::configuration::critcl \- C/PARAM, Canned configuration, Critcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_from_api.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_from_api.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_from_api.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_from_api\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt_import_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt_import_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt_import_api \- Parser Tools Import API .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_introduction.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_introduction.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_introduction.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_introduction\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt_introduction" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt_introduction" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt_introduction \- Introduction to Parser Tools .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_json_language.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_json_language.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_json_language.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_json_language\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::json_language" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::json_language" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::json_language \- The JSON Grammar Exchange Format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_param.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_param.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_param.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_param\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::param" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::param" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::param \- PackRat Machine Specification .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_parser_api.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_parser_api.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_parser_api.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_parser_api\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt_parser_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt_parser_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt_parser_api \- Parser API .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_container\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::container \- PEG Storage .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_container_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_container_peg\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::container::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::container::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::container::peg \- PEG Storage\&. Canned PEG grammar specification .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_export\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::export" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::export" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::export \- PEG Export .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::export::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::export::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::export::container \- PEG Export Plugin\&. Write CONTAINER format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::export::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::export::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::export::json \- PEG Export Plugin\&. Write JSON format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_export_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::export::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::export::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::export::peg \- PEG Export Plugin\&. Write PEG format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_from_container\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::from::container" n 0 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::from::container" n 0 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::from::container \- PEG Conversion\&. From CONTAINER format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'from\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::from::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::from::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::from::json \- PEG Conversion\&. Read JSON format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_from_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'from\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::from::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::from::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::from::peg \- PEG Conversion\&. Read PEG format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_import\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::import" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::import" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::import \- PEG Import .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_import_container\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::import::container" n 0 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::import::container" n 0 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::import::container \- PEG Import Plugin\&. From CONTAINER format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::import::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::import::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::import::json \- PEG Import Plugin\&. Read JSON format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_import_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'plugin\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::import::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::import::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::import::peg \- PEG Import Plugin\&. Read PEG format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_interp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_interp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_interp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_interp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::interp" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::interp" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::interp \- Interpreter for parsing expression grammars .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_introduction.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_introduction.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_introduction.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_introduction\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::pegrammar" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::pegrammar" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::pegrammar \- Introduction to Parsing Expression Grammars .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_language.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_language.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_language.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_peg_language\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg_language" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg_language" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg_language \- PEG Language Tutorial .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_container.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_container.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_container.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::container" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::container \- PEG Conversion\&. Write CONTAINER format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_cparam.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_cparam.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_cparam.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::cparam" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::cparam" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::cparam \- PEG Conversion\&. Write CPARAM format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_json.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_json.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_json.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::json" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::json \- PEG Conversion\&. Write JSON format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_param.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_param.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_param.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::param" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::param" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::param \- PEG Conversion\&. Write PARAM format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_peg.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_peg.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_peg.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::peg \- PEG Conversion\&. Write PEG format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_tclparam.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_tclparam.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_peg_to_tclparam.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'to\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg::to::tclparam" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg::to::tclparam" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg::to::tclparam \- PEG Conversion\&. Write TCLPARAM format .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pegrammar.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pegrammar.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pegrammar.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_pegrammar\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::peg" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::peg \- Parsing Expression Grammar Serialization .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpr_op.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpr_op.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpr_op.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_pexpr_op\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::pe::op" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::pe::op" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::pe::op \- Parsing Expression Utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpression.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpression.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pexpression.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_pexpression\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::pe" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::pe" n 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::pe \- Parsing Expression Serialization .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pgen.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pgen.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_pgen.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_pgen\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::pgen" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::pgen" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::pgen \- Parser Generator .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_rdengine.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_rdengine.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_rdengine.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_rdengine\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::rde" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::rde" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::rde \- Parsing Runtime Support, PARAM based .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_snit.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_snit.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_snit.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_tclparam_config_snit\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::tclparam::configuration::snit" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::tclparam::configuration::snit" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::tclparam::configuration::snit \- Tcl/PARAM, Canned configuration, Snit .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_tcloo.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_tcloo.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_tclparam_config_tcloo.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_tclparam_config_tcloo\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo \- Tcl/PARAM, Canned configuration, Tcloo .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_to_api.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_to_api.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/pt/pt_to_api.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pt_to_api\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "pt_export_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "pt_export_api" i 1 tcllib "Parser Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME pt_export_api \- Parser Tools Export API .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/rc4/rc4.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/rc4/rc4.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/rc4/rc4.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rc4\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "rc4" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "RC4 Stream Cipher" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "rc4" n 1\&.1\&.0 tcllib "RC4 Stream Cipher" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME rc4 \- Implementation of the RC4 stream cipher .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/rcs/rcs.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/rcs/rcs.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/rcs/rcs.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rcs\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005, Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2005, Colin McCormack '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "rcs" n 2\&.0\&.2 tcllib "RCS low level utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "rcs" n 2\&.0\&.2 tcllib "RCS low level utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME rcs \- RCS low level utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/report/report.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/report/report.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/report/report.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'report\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "report" n 0\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Matrix reports" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "report" n 0\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Matrix reports" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME report \- Create and manipulate report objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/rest/rest.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/rest/rest.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/rest/rest.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rest\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "rest" n 1\&.0 tcllib "A framework for RESTful web services" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "rest" n 1\&.0 tcllib "A framework for RESTful web services" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME rest \- define REST web APIs and call them inline or asychronously .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd128.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd128.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd128.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ripemd128\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ripemd128" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "RIPEMD Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ripemd128" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "RIPEMD Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ripemd128 \- RIPEMD-128 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd160.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd160.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/ripemd/ripemd160.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ripemd160\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "ripemd160" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "RIPEMD Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "ripemd160" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "RIPEMD Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME ripemd160 \- RIPEMD-160 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/sasl/sasl.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/sasl/sasl.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/sasl/sasl.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'sasl\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "SASL" n 1\&.3\&.0 tcllib "Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "SASL" n 1\&.3\&.0 tcllib "Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL)" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME SASL \- Implementation of SASL mechanisms for Tcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha1.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha1.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha1.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'sha1\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "sha1" n 2\&.0\&.3 tcllib "SHA-x Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "sha1" n 2\&.0\&.3 tcllib "SHA-x Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME sha1 \- SHA1 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha256.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha256.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/sha1/sha256.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'sha256\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008, Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "sha256" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "SHA-x Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "sha256" n 1\&.0\&.3 tcllib "SHA-x Message-Digest Algorithm" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME sha256 \- SHA256 Message-Digest Algorithm .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/annealing.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/annealing.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/annealing.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'annealing\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "simulation::annealing" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "simulation::annealing" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME simulation::annealing \- Simulated annealing .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/montecarlo.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/montecarlo.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/montecarlo.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'montecarlo\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "simulation::montecarlo" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "simulation::montecarlo" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME simulation::montecarlo \- Monte Carlo simulations .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/simulation_random.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/simulation_random.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/simulation/simulation_random.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'simulation_random\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Arjen Markus '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "simulation::random" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "simulation::random" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Simulation Tools" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME simulation::random \- Pseudo-random number generators .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl ?8\&.4?\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/smtpd/smtpd.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/smtpd/smtpd.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/smtpd/smtpd.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'smtpd\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "smtpd" n 1\&.5 tcllib "Tcl SMTP Server Package" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "smtpd" n 1\&.5 tcllib "Tcl SMTP Server Package" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME smtpd \- Tcl SMTP server implementation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snit.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snit.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snit.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'snit\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2009, by William H\&. Duquette '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "snit" n 2\&.3\&.2 tcllib "Snit's Not Incr Tcl, OO system" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "snit" n 2\&.3\&.2 tcllib "Snit's Not Incr Tcl, OO system" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME snit \- Snit's Not Incr Tcl .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snitfaq.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snitfaq.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/snit/snitfaq.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'snitfaq\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2006, by William H\&. Duquette '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "snitfaq" n 2\&.2 tcllib "Snit's Not Incr Tcl, OO system" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "snitfaq" n 2\&.2 tcllib "Snit's Not Incr Tcl, OO system" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME snitfaq \- Snit Frequently Asked Questions .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/soundex/soundex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/soundex/soundex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/soundex/soundex.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'soundex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) ????, Algorithm: Donald E\&. Knuth '\" Copyright (c) 2003, Documentation: Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 1998, Tcl port: Evan Rempel '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "soundex" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Soundex" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "soundex" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Soundex" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME soundex \- Soundex .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/stooop/stooop.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/stooop/stooop.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/stooop/stooop.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'stooop\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "stooop" n 4\&.4\&.1 tcllib "Simple Tcl Only Object Oriented Programming" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "stooop" n 4\&.4\&.1 tcllib "Simple Tcl Only Object Oriented Programming" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME stooop \- Object oriented extension\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/string/token.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/string/token.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/string/token.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'token\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "string::token" n 1 tcllib "Text and string utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "string::token" n 1 tcllib "Text and string utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME string::token \- Regex based iterative lexing .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/string/token_shell.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/string/token_shell.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/string/token_shell.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'token_shell\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "string::token::shell" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "string::token::shell" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME string::token::shell \- Parsing of shell command line .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'stringprep\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009, Sergei Golovan '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "stringprep" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "stringprep" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME stringprep \- Implementation of stringprep .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep_data.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep_data.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/stringprep_data.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'stringprep_data\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2009, Sergei Golovan '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "stringprep::data" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "stringprep::data" n 1\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME stringprep::data \- stringprep data tables, generated, internal .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'unicode\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sergei Golovan '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "unicode" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Unicode normalization" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "unicode" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Unicode normalization" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME unicode \- Implementation of Unicode normalization .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode_data.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode_data.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/stringprep/unicode_data.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'unicode_data\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007, Sergei Golovan '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "unicode::data" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "unicode::data" n 1\&.0\&.0 tcllib "Preparation of Internationalized Strings" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME unicode::data \- unicode data tables, generated, internal .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/disjointset.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/disjointset.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/disjointset.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'disjointset\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::disjointset" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::disjointset" n 1\&.0 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::disjointset \- Disjoint set data structure .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'graph\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::graph" n 2\&.4 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::graph" n 2\&.4 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::graph \- Create and manipulate directed graph objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph1.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph1.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graph1.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'graph1\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::graph_v1" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::graph_v1" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::graph_v1 \- Create and manipulate directed graph objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graphops.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graphops.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/graphops.n @@ -2,87 +2,94 @@ '\" Generated from file 'graphops\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Alejandro Paz '\" Copyright (c) 2008 (docs) Andreas Kupries '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michal Antoniewski '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::graph::op" n 0\&.11\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -91,33 +98,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -133,20 +140,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -157,13 +164,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -186,38 +193,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -224,25 +233,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::graph::op" n 0\&.11\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::graph::op \- Operation for (un)directed graph objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'matrix\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002-2013 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::matrix" n 2\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::matrix" n 2\&.0\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::matrix \- Create and manipulate matrix objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix1.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix1.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/matrix1.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'matrix1\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::matrix_v1" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::matrix_v1" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::matrix_v1 \- Create and manipulate matrix objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/pool.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/pool.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/pool.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'pool\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Erik Leunissen '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::pool" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::pool" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::pool \- Create and manipulate pool objects (of discrete items) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/prioqueue.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/prioqueue.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/prioqueue.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'prioqueue\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Schlenker '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::prioqueue" n 1\&.4 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::prioqueue" n 1\&.4 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::prioqueue \- Create and manipulate prioqueue objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/queue.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/queue.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/queue.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'queue\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::queue" n 1\&.4\&.5 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::queue" n 1\&.4\&.5 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::queue \- Create and manipulate queue objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/record.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/record.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/record.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'record\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002, Brett Schwarz '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::record" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::record" n 1\&.2\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::record \- Define and create records (similar to 'C' structures) .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/skiplist.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/skiplist.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/skiplist.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'skiplist\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Keith Vetter '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::skiplist" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::skiplist" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::skiplist \- Create and manipulate skiplists .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/stack.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/stack.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/stack.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'stack\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::stack" n 1\&.5\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::stack" n 1\&.5\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::stack \- Create and manipulate stack objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_list.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_list.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_list.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'struct_list\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2005 by Kevin B\&. Kenny\&. All rights reserved '\" Copyright (c) 2003-2012 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::list" n 1\&.8\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::list" n 1\&.8\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::list \- Procedures for manipulating lists .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_set.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_set.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_set.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'struct_set\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::set" n 2\&.2\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::set" n 2\&.2\&.3 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::set \- Procedures for manipulating sets .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.0\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'struct_tree\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002-2004,2012 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::tree" n 2\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::tree" n 2\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::tree \- Create and manipulate tree objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree1.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree1.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/struct/struct_tree1.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'struct_tree1\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2002 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "struct::tree_v1" n 1\&.2\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "struct::tree_v1" n 1\&.2\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME struct::tree_v1 \- Create and manipulate tree objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tar/tar.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tar/tar.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tar/tar.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tar\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tar" n 0\&.8 tcllib "Tar file handling" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tar" n 0\&.8 tcllib "Tar file handling" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tar \- Tar file creation, extraction & manipulation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_argument_dialogbox.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_argument_dialogbox.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_argument_dialogbox.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tepam_argument_dialogbox\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009-2013, Andreas Drollinger '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tepam::argument_dialogbox" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tepam::argument_dialogbox" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tepam::argument_dialogbox \- TEPAM argument_dialogbox, reference manual .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_doc_gen.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_doc_gen.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_doc_gen.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tepam_doc_gen\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2013, Andreas Drollinger '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tepam::doc_gen" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tepam::doc_gen" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tepam::doc_gen \- TEPAM DOC Generation, reference manual .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_introduction.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_introduction.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_introduction.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tepam_introduction\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009-2013, Andreas Drollinger '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tepam" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tepam" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tepam \- An introduction into TEPAM, Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_procedure.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_procedure.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tepam/tepam_procedure.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tepam_procedure\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009-2013, Andreas Drollinger '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tepam::procedure" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tepam::procedure" n 0\&.5\&.0 tcllib "Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tepam::procedure \- TEPAM procedure, reference manual .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.3\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cattr.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cattr.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cattr.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_cattr\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::code::attr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::code::attr" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::code::attr \- ANSI attribute sequences .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cctrl.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cctrl.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cctrl.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_cctrl\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::code::ctrl" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::code::ctrl" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::code::ctrl \- ANSI control sequences .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cmacros.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cmacros.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_cmacros.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_cmacros\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::code::macros" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::code::macros" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::code::macros \- Macro sequences .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_code.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_code.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_code.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_code\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::code" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::code" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::code \- Helper for control sequences .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_ctrlu\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::ctrl::unix" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::ctrl::unix" n 0\&.1\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::ctrl::unix \- Control operations and queries .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_send.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_send.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ansi_send.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ansi_send\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::ansi::send" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::ansi::send" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::ansi::send \- Output of ANSI control sequences to terminals .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/imenu.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/imenu.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/imenu.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'imenu\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::interact::menu" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::interact::menu" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::interact::menu \- Terminal widget, menu .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/ipager.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/ipager.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/ipager.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ipager\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::interact::pager" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::interact::pager" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::interact::pager \- Terminal widget, paging .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/receive.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/receive.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/receive.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'receive\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::receive" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::receive" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::receive \- General input from terminals .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/term.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/term.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/term.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'term\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term \- General terminal control .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_bind.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_bind.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_bind.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'term_bind\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::receive::bind" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::receive::bind" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::receive::bind \- Keyboard dispatch from terminals .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_send.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_send.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/term/term_send.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'term_send\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "term::send" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "term::send" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Terminal control" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME term::send \- General output to terminals .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/adjust.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/adjust.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/adjust.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'adjust\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::adjust" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::adjust" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::adjust \- Procedures to adjust, indent, and undent paragraphs .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/expander.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/expander.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/expander.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'expander\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) William H\&. Duquette, http://www\&.wjduquette\&.com/expand '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::expander" n 1\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::expander" n 1\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::expander \- Procedures to process templates and expand text\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/repeat.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/repeat.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/repeat.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'repeat\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::repeat" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::repeat" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::repeat \- Procedures to repeat strings\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/tabify.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/tabify.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/tabify.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tabify\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::tabify" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::tabify" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::tabify \- Procedures to (un)tabify strings .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'textutil\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil" n 0\&.7\&.1 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil \- Procedures to manipulate texts and strings\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_split.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_split.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_split.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'textutil_split\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::split" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::split" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::split \- Procedures to split texts .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_string.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_string.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/textutil_string.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'textutil_string\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::string" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::string" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::string \- Procedures to manipulate texts and strings\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/trim.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/trim.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/textutil/trim.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'trim\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "textutil::trim" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "textutil::trim" n 0\&.7 tcllib "Text and string utilities, macro processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME textutil::trim \- Procedures to trim strings .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tie\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004-2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tie" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tie" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tie \- Array persistence .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie_std.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie_std.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tie/tie_std.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tie_std\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tie" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tie" n 1\&.1 tcllib "Tcl Data Structures" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tie \- Array persistence, standard data sources .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/tiff/tiff.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/tiff/tiff.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/tiff/tiff.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tiff\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006, Aaron Faupell '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tiff" n 0\&.2\&.1 tcllib "TIFF image manipulation" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tiff" n 0\&.2\&.1 tcllib "TIFF image manipulation" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tiff \- TIFF reading, writing, and querying and manipulation of meta data .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/connect.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/connect.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/connect.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'connect\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::connect" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::connect" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::connect \- Connection setup .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/copyops.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/copyops.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/copyops.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'copyops\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::copy" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::copy" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::copy \- Data transfer foundation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/ddest.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/ddest.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/ddest.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'ddest\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::data::destination" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::data::destination" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::data::destination \- Data destination .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/dsource.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/dsource.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/dsource.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'dsource\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::data::source" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::data::source" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::data::source \- Data source .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/receiver.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/receiver.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/receiver.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'receiver\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::receiver" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::receiver" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::receiver \- Data source .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/tqueue.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/tqueue.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/tqueue.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tqueue\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::copy::queue" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::copy::queue" n 0\&.1 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::copy::queue \- Queued transfers .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/transmitter.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/transmitter.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/transfer/transmitter.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'transmitter\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "transfer::transmitter" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "transfer::transmitter" n 0\&.2 tcllib "Data transfer facilities" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME transfer::transmitter \- Data source .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/treeql/treeql.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/treeql/treeql.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/treeql/treeql.n @@ -1,87 +1,94 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'treeql\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Colin McCormack '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "treeql" n 1\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Tree Query Language" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -90,33 +97,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -132,20 +139,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -156,13 +163,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -185,38 +192,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -223,25 +232,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "treeql" n 1\&.3\&.1 tcllib "Tree Query Language" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME treeql \- Query tree objects .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/try/tcllib_try.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/try/tcllib_try.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/try/tcllib_try.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_try\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K\&. Fellows, BSD licensed '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "try" n 1 tcllib "Forward compatibility implementation of [try]" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "try" n 1 tcllib "Forward compatibility implementation of [try]" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME try \- try - Trap and process errors and exceptions .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'uevent\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uevent" n 0\&.3\&.1 tcllib "User events" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uevent" n 0\&.3\&.1 tcllib "User events" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uevent \- User events .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent_onidle.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent_onidle.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/uev/uevent_onidle.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'uevent_onidle\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uevent::onidle" n 0\&.1 tcllib "User events" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uevent::onidle" n 0\&.1 tcllib "User events" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uevent::onidle \- Request merging and deferal to idle time .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/units/units.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/units/units.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/units/units.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'units\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2000-2005 Mayo Foundation '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "units" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Convert and manipulate quantities with units" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "units" n 1\&.2 tcllib "Convert and manipulate quantities with units" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME units \- unit conversion .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.1\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/uri/uri.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/uri/uri.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/uri/uri.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'uri\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uri" n 1\&.2\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Uniform Resource Identifier Management" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uri" n 1\&.2\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Uniform Resource Identifier Management" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uri \- URI utilities .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/uri/urn-scheme.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/uri/urn-scheme.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/uri/urn-scheme.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'urn-scheme\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uri_urn" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Uniform Resource Identifier Management" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uri_urn" n 1\&.1\&.2 tcllib "Tcl Uniform Resource Identifier Management" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uri_urn \- URI utilities, URN scheme .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/uuid/uuid.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/uuid/uuid.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/uuid/uuid.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'uuid\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2004, Pat Thoyts '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "uuid" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "uuid" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "uuid" n 1\&.0\&.2 tcllib "uuid" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME uuid \- UUID generation and comparison .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.2\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_amex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_amex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_amex.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::creditcard::amex" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::creditcard::amex" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::creditcard::amex \- Validation for AMEX creditcard number .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_discover.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_discover.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_discover.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::creditcard::discover" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::creditcard::discover" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::creditcard::discover \- Validation for Discover creditcard number .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_mastercard.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_mastercard.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_mastercard.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::creditcard::mastercard" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::creditcard::mastercard" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::creditcard::mastercard \- Validation for Mastercard creditcard number .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_visa.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_visa.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/cc_visa.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::creditcard::visa" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::creditcard::visa" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::creditcard::visa \- Validation for VISA creditcard number .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/ean13.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/ean13.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/ean13.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::gs1::ean13" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::gs1::ean13" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::gs1::ean13 \- Validation for EAN13 .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/iban.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/iban.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/iban.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::iban" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::iban" n 1\&.3 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::iban \- Validation for IBAN .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/imei.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/imei.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/imei.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::imei" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::imei" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::imei \- Validation for IMEI .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/isbn.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/isbn.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/isbn.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::isbn" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::isbn" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::isbn \- Validation for ISBN .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::luhn" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::luhn" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::luhn \- Validation for plain number with a LUHN checkdigit .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn5.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn5.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/luhn5.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::luhn5" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::luhn5" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::luhn5 \- Validation for plain number with a LUHN5 checkdigit .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/usnpi.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/usnpi.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/usnpi.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::usnpi" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::usnpi" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::usnpi \- Validation for USNPI .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/valtype_common.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/valtype_common.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/valtype_common.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'valtype_common\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::common" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::common" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::common \- Validation, common code .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/verhoeff.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/verhoeff.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/valtype/verhoeff.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'vtype\&.inc' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "valtype::verhoeff" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "valtype::verhoeff" n 1 tcllib "Validation types" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME valtype::verhoeff \- Validation for plain number with a VERHOEFF checkdigit .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/cat.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/cat.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/cat.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'cat\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::cat" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::cat" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::cat \- Concatenation channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/facade.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/facade.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/facade.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'facade\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::facade" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::facade" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::facade \- Facade channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/halfpipe.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/halfpipe.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/halfpipe.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'halfpipe\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::halfpipe" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::halfpipe" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::halfpipe \- In-memory channel, half of a fifo2 .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/nullzero.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/nullzero.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/nullzero.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'nullzero\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::nullzero" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::nullzero" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::nullzero \- Null/Zero channel combination .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/randseed.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/randseed.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/randseed.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'randseed\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::randseed" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::randseed" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::randseed \- Utilities for random channels .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/std.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/std.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/std.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'std\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::std" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::std" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::std \- Standard I/O, unification of stdin and stdout .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_fifo\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::fifo" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::fifo" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::fifo \- In-memory fifo channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo2.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo2.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_fifo2.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_fifo2\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::fifo2" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::fifo2" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::fifo2 \- In-memory interconnected fifo channels .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_memchan.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_memchan.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_memchan.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_memchan\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::memchan" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::memchan" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::memchan \- In-memory channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_null.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_null.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_null.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_null\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::null" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::null" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::null \- Null channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_random.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_random.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_random.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_random\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::random" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::random" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::random \- Random channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_string.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_string.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_string.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_string\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::string" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::string" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::string \- Read-only in-memory channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_variable.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_variable.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_variable.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_variable\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::variable" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::variable" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::variable \- In-memory channel using variable for storage .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_zero.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_zero.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/tcllib_zero.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_zero\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::zero" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::zero" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::zero \- Zero channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/textwindow.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/textwindow.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_base/textwindow.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'textwindow\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::textwindow" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::textwindow" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::textwindow \- Textwindow channel .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/core.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/core.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/core.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'core\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::core" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::core" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::core \- Basic reflected/virtual channel support .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/events.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/events.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/events.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'events\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::chan::events" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::chan::events" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::chan::events \- Event support for reflected/virtual channels .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/transformcore.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/transformcore.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_core/transformcore.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'transformcore\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::core" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::core" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::core \- Basic reflected/virtual channel transform support .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.5\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/adler32.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/adler32.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/adler32.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'adler32\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::adler32" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::adler32" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::adler32 \- Adler32 transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/base64.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/base64.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/base64.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'base64\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::base64" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::base64" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::base64 \- Base64 encoding transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/counter.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/counter.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/counter.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'counter\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::counter" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::counter" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::counter \- Counter transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/crc32.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/crc32.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/crc32.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'crc32\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::crc32" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::crc32" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::crc32 \- Crc32 transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/hex.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/hex.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/hex.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'hex\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::hex" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::hex" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::hex \- Hexadecimal encoding transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/identity.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/identity.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/identity.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'identity\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::identity" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::identity" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::identity \- Identity transformation .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/limitsize.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/limitsize.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/limitsize.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'limitsize\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::limitsize" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::limitsize" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::limitsize \- limiting input .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/observe.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/observe.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/observe.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'observe\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::observe" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::observe" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::observe \- Observer transformation, stream copy .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/otp.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/otp.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/otp.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'otp\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::otp" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::otp" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::otp \- Encryption via one-time pad .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/rot.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/rot.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/rot.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'rot\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::rot" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::rot" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::rot \- rot-encryption .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/spacer.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/spacer.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/spacer.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'spacer\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::spacer" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::spacer" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::spacer \- Space insertation and removal .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/tcllib_zlib.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/tcllib_zlib.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/virtchannel_transform/tcllib_zlib.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'tcllib_zlib\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2009 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "tcl::transform::zlib" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "tcl::transform::zlib" n 1 tcllib "Reflected/virtual channel support" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME tcl::transform::zlib \- zlib (de)compression .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.6\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/websocket/websocket.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/websocket/websocket.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/websocket/websocket.n @@ -1,85 +1,92 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'websocket\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "websocket" n 1\&.2 tcllib "websocket client and server" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -88,33 +95,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -130,20 +137,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -154,13 +161,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -183,38 +190,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -221,25 +230,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "websocket" n 1\&.2 tcllib "websocket client and server" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME websocket \- Tcl implementation of the websocket protocol .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/wip/wip.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/wip/wip.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/wip/wip.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'wip\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Andreas Kupries '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "wip" n 2\&.2 tcllib "Word Interpreter" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "wip" n 2\&.2 tcllib "Word Interpreter" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME wip \- Word Interpreter .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/huddle.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/huddle.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/huddle.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'huddle\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 KATO Kanryu '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "huddle" n 0\&.1\&.5 tcllib "HUDDLE" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "huddle" n 0\&.1\&.5 tcllib "HUDDLE" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME huddle \- Create and manipulate huddle object .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/yaml.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/yaml.n +++ embedded/man/files/modules/yaml/yaml.n @@ -1,86 +1,93 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file 'yaml\&.man' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) 2008 KATO Kanryu '\" -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "yaml" n 0\&.3\&.6 tcllib "YAML processing" +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -89,33 +96,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -131,20 +138,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -155,13 +162,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -184,38 +191,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -222,25 +231,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "yaml" n 0\&.3\&.6 tcllib "YAML processing" +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH NAME yaml \- YAML Format Encoder/Decoder .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBTcl 8\&.4\fR Index: embedded/man/index.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/index.n +++ embedded/man/index.n @@ -1,84 +1,91 @@ '\" '\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/idx with format 'nroff' -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "Keyword Index" n +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -87,33 +94,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -129,20 +136,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -153,13 +160,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -182,38 +189,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -220,25 +229,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "Keyword Index" n +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH INDEX tcllib .RS \&.ddt @@ -3092,13 +3123,10 @@ grammar::fa::dexec .RE exif .RS .TP -\fBfiles/modules/exif/exif\&.n\fR -exif -.TP \fBfiles/modules/jpeg/jpeg\&.n\fR jpeg .RE exit .RS @@ -4697,13 +4725,10 @@ struct::list .RE jpeg .RS .TP -\fBfiles/modules/exif/exif\&.n\fR -exif -.TP \fBfiles/modules/jpeg/jpeg\&.n\fR jpeg .RE JSON .RS @@ -5288,16 +5313,10 @@ .RS .TP \fBfiles/modules/uri/uri\&.n\fR uri .RE -maker note -.RS -.TP -\fBfiles/modules/exif/exif\&.n\fR -exif -.RE man_macros .RS .TP \fBfiles/modules/doctools2base/nroff_manmacros\&.n\fR doctools::nroff::man_macros @@ -9779,13 +9798,10 @@ tiff .RE tiff .RS .TP -\fBfiles/modules/exif/exif\&.n\fR -exif -.TP \fBfiles/modules/tiff/tiff\&.n\fR tiff .RE tile .RS Index: embedded/man/toc.n ================================================================== --- embedded/man/toc.n +++ embedded/man/toc.n @@ -1,84 +1,91 @@ '\" '\" Generated by tcllib/doctools/toc with format 'nroff' -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.TH "Table Of Contents" n +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -87,33 +94,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -129,20 +136,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -153,13 +160,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -182,38 +189,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -220,25 +229,47 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 .. -.TH "Table Of Contents" n +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" +.. .BS .SH CONTENTS tcllib .RS .TP @@ -561,13 +592,10 @@ \fIfiles/modules/dtplite/dtplite\&.n\fR: Lightweight DocTools Markup Processor .TP \fBdtplite\fR \fIfiles/apps/dtplite\&.n\fR: Lightweight DocTools Markup Processor .TP -\fBexif\fR -\fIfiles/modules/exif/exif\&.n\fR: Tcl EXIF extracts and parses EXIF fields from digital images -.TP \fBfileutil\fR \fIfiles/modules/fileutil/fileutil\&.n\fR: Procedures implementing some file utilities .TP \fBfileutil::magic::cfront\fR \fIfiles/modules/fumagic/cfront\&.n\fR: Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files Index: embedded/www/index.html ================================================================== --- embedded/www/index.html +++ embedded/www/index.html @@ -1339,11 +1339,11 @@ grammar::fa::dexec exif - exif · jpeg + jpeg exit coroutine · coroutine::auto @@ -1884,11 +1884,11 @@ internet address tcllib_ip - interpolation + interpolation math::interpolate interpreter @@ -1969,11 +1969,11 @@ struct::list jpeg - exif · jpeg + jpeg JSON doctools::idx::export::json · doctools::idx::import::json · doctools::toc::export::json · doctools::toc::import::json · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::to::json @@ -2201,2030 +2201,2025 @@ mailto uri - maker note - - exif - - man_macros doctools::nroff::man_macros - + manpage doctools · doctools::idx · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::import · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import · doctools_plugin_apiref · dtplite · dtplite · mpexpand - + map generator · map::geocode::nominatim · map::slippy · map::slippy::cache · map::slippy::fetcher · mapproj · struct::list - + markup docidx_intro · docidx_lang_cmdref · docidx_lang_faq · docidx_lang_intro · docidx_lang_syntax · docidx_plugin_apiref · doctoc_intro · doctoc_lang_cmdref · doctoc_lang_faq · doctoc_lang_intro · doctoc_lang_syntax · doctoc_plugin_apiref · doctools · doctools2idx_introduction · doctools2toc_introduction · doctools::idx · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::import · doctools::toc · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import · doctools_intro · doctools_lang_cmdref · doctools_lang_faq · doctools_lang_intro · doctools_lang_syntax · doctools_plugin_apiref · dtplite · dtplite · mpexpand · tcldocstrip - + MasterCard valtype::creditcard::mastercard - + matching grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api · struct::graph::op - + math math · math::bigfloat · math::bignum · math::calculus · math::complexnumbers · math::constants · math::decimal · math::fuzzy · math::geometry · math::interpolate · math::linearalgebra · math::optimize · math::polynomials · math::rationalfunctions · math::special · simulation::annealing · simulation::montecarlo · simulation::random - + mathematics math::fourier · math::statistics - + matrices math::linearalgebra - + matrix csv · math::linearalgebra · report · struct::matrix · struct::matrix_v1 · struct::queue · struct::stack - + max cut struct::graph::op - + maximum math::optimize - + maximum flow struct::graph::op - + md4 md4 · ripemd128 · ripemd160 - + md5 md5 · md5crypt - + md5crypt md5crypt - + medicare valtype::usnpi - + mega widget snit · snitfaq - + membership struct::set - + menu term::ansi::code::macros · term::interact::menu - + merge tcl::chan::randseed · uevent::onidle - + merge find struct::disjointset - + merging bench - + message comm · comm_wire · log - + message catalog doctools::msgcat · doctools::msgcat::idx::c · doctools::msgcat::idx::de · doctools::msgcat::idx::en · doctools::msgcat::idx::fr · doctools::msgcat::toc::c · doctools::msgcat::toc::de · doctools::msgcat::toc::en · doctools::msgcat::toc::fr - + message level log - + message package doctools::msgcat · doctools::msgcat::idx::c · doctools::msgcat::idx::de · doctools::msgcat::idx::en · doctools::msgcat::idx::fr · doctools::msgcat::toc::c · doctools::msgcat::toc::de · doctools::msgcat::toc::en · doctools::msgcat::toc::fr - + message-digest md4 · md5 · md5crypt · otp · ripemd128 · ripemd160 · sha1 · sha256 - + metakit tie · tie - + method deleg_method · interp - + method reference oo::util - + mime fileutil::magic::cfront · fileutil::magic::cgen · fileutil::magic::mimetype · fileutil::magic::rt · mime · smtp - + minimal spanning tree struct::graph::op - + minimum math::optimize - + minimum cost flow struct::graph::op - + minimum degree spanning tree struct::graph::op - + minimum diameter spanning tree struct::graph::op - + mobile phone valtype::imei - + module docstrip_util - + montecarlo simulation simulation::montecarlo - + move fileutil::multi · fileutil::multi::op - + multi-file fileutil::multi · fileutil::multi::op - + multiplexer multiplexer - + multiprecision math::bigfloat · math::bignum - + my method oo::util Keywords: N - + name service nameserv · nameserv::auto · nameserv::common · nameserv::protocol · nameserv::server · nns · nns_intro · nnsd · nnslog - + namespace unknown namespacex - + namespace utilities namespacex - + narrative debug · debug::caller · debug::heartbeat · debug::timestamp - + National Provider Identifier valtype::usnpi - + neighbour struct::graph · struct::graph::op - + net ftp · ftp::geturl · imap4 · mime · smtp · websocket - + network pop3d · pop3d::dbox · pop3d::udb - + news nntp · uri - + next permutation struct::list - + nmea nmea - + nntp nntp - + nntpclient nntp - + no-op control - + node struct::graph · struct::graph::op · struct::tree - + nominatim map::geocode::nominatim - + normalization bench · page_util_norm_lemon · page_util_norm_peg · unicode - + NPI valtype::usnpi - + nroff doctools · doctools::idx · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::export::nroff · doctools::nroff::man_macros · doctools::toc · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::export::nroff · dtplite · dtplite · mpexpand - + NTP ntp_time - + null tcl::chan::null · tcl::chan::nullzero - + number theory math::numtheory Keywords: O - + object snit · snitfaq · stooop - + object oriented snit · snitfaq · stooop - + observer hook · tcl::transform::observe - + on-idle uevent::onidle - + one time pad tcl::transform::otp - + optimization math::optimize · simulation::annealing - + ordered list struct::prioqueue - + otp tcl::transform::otp - + outer join struct::list Keywords: P - + package csv - + package indexing docstrip_util - + page page_intro · page_pluginmgr · page_util_flow · page_util_norm_lemon · page_util_norm_peg · page_util_peg · page_util_quote - + pager term::interact::pager - + paragraph textutil · textutil::adjust - + PARAM pt::peg::to::param - + parameter entry form tepam · tepam::argument_dialogbox - + parser doctools::idx::parse · doctools::tcl::parse · doctools::toc::parse · grammar::aycock · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api · xsxp - + parser generator page · page_intro · page_pluginmgr · page_util_flow · page_util_norm_lemon · page_util_norm_peg · page_util_peg · page_util_quote - + parsing bench::in · bibtex · doctools2idx_introduction · doctools2toc_introduction · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::import · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::import · grammar::aycock · grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op · grammar::me::cpu · grammar::me::cpu::core · grammar::me::cpu::gasm · grammar::me::tcl · grammar::me_intro · grammar::me_vm · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · htmlparse · huddle · string::token::shell · yaml - + parsing expression grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + parsing expression grammar grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · page_util_peg · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + partial application lambda - + partition struct::disjointset - + partitioned set struct::disjointset - + passive transfer::connect - + password otp - + patch docstrip_util - + patching rcs - + PEG grammar::me_intro · page_util_norm_peg · page_util_peg · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + performance bench · bench::in · bench::out::csv · bench::out::text · bench_intro · bench_lang_intro · bench_lang_spec · profiler - + permutation struct::list - + persistence tie · tie - + phone valtype::imei - + pi math::constants - + plain text doctools::idx::export::text · doctools::toc::export::text - + plane geometry math::geometry - + plugin docidx_plugin_apiref · doctoc_plugin_apiref · doctools2idx_introduction · doctools2toc_introduction · doctools::html::cssdefaults · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::import · doctools::nroff::man_macros · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg - + plugin management pluginmgr - + plugin search pluginmgr - + png png - + point math::geometry - + polynomial functions math::polynomials - + pool struct::pool · struct::queue - + pop pop3 - + pop3 pop3 · pop3d · pop3d::dbox · pop3d::udb - + post-order struct::tree - + pre-order struct::tree - + prefix textutil::string · textutil::trim - + prime math::numtheory - + prioqueue struct::prioqueue · struct::queue - + priority queue struct::prioqueue - + proc lambda - + procedure deleg_proc · tepam · tepam::procedure - + procedure documentation tepam::doc_gen - + producer hook - + profile profiler - + projection mapproj - + prospero uri - + protocol asn · ldap · ldapx · nameserv::protocol · pop3d · pop3d::dbox · pop3d::udb - + proxy autoproxy - + public key cipher pki - + publisher hook - + push down automaton grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api Keywords: Q - + queue csv · htmlparse · struct::stack · transfer::copy::queue - + quoting page_util_quote Keywords: R - + radians math::constants · units - + radiobutton html - + radius struct::graph::op - + random tcl::chan::random · tcl::chan::randseed - + random numbers simulation::random - + rational functions math::rationalfunctions - + raw term::ansi::ctrl::unix - + rc4 rc4 - + RCS rcs - + RCS patch rcs - + read coroutine · coroutine::auto - + reading bench::in - + receiver term::receive · term::receive::bind · transfer::receiver - + reconnect nameserv::auto - + record struct::queue · struct::record - + recursive descent grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + reduce generator · struct::list - + reference doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::import · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import - + reflected channel tcl::chan::cat · tcl::chan::core · tcl::chan::events · tcl::chan::facade · tcl::chan::fifo · tcl::chan::fifo2 · tcl::chan::halfpipe · tcl::chan::memchan · tcl::chan::null · tcl::chan::nullzero · tcl::chan::random · tcl::chan::randseed · tcl::chan::std · tcl::chan::string · tcl::chan::textwindow · tcl::chan::variable · tcl::chan::zero · tcl::transform::adler32 · tcl::transform::base64 · tcl::transform::core · tcl::transform::counter · tcl::transform::crc32 · tcl::transform::hex · tcl::transform::identity · tcl::transform::limitsize · tcl::transform::observe · tcl::transform::otp · tcl::transform::rot · tcl::transform::spacer · tcl::transform::zlib - + regex string::token - + regular expression grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op · textutil · textutil::split · textutil::trim - + regular grammar grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op - + regular languages grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op - + remote communication comm · comm_wire - + remote execution comm · comm_wire - + remove fileutil::multi · fileutil::multi::op - + repeating struct::list - + repetition struct::list · textutil::repeat - + report report - + reshuffle struct::list - + residual graph struct::graph::op - + resolver dns - + resource management try - + restore nameserv::auto - + reverse struct::list - + rfc 821 mime · smtp · smtpd - + rfc 822 mime · pop3d::dbox · smtp - + rfc 868 ntp_time - + rfc 959 ftp · ftp::geturl · ftpd - + rfc 977 nntp - + rfc 1034 dns - + rfc 1035 dns - + rfc 1036 nntp - + rfc 1320 md4 · md5 · ripemd128 · ripemd160 - + rfc 1321 md4 · md5 · ripemd128 · ripemd160 - + rfc 1413 ident - + rfc 1886 dns - + rfc 1939 pop3 · pop3d - + rfc 2030 ntp_time - + rfc 2045 mime - + rfc 2046 mime - + rfc 2049 mime - + rfc 2104 md4 · md5 · ripemd128 · ripemd160 · sha1 · sha256 - + rfc 2141 uri_urn - + rfc 2251 ldap · ldapx - + rfc 2255 uri - + rfc 2289 otp - + rfc 2396 uri - + rfc 2554 smtp - + rfc 2821 smtp · smtpd - + rfc 2849 ldapx - + rfc 3207 smtp - + rfc 3513 tcllib_ip - + rfc 4511 ldap - + rfc 6455 websocket - + rfc3501 imap4 - + rfc3548 base32 · base32::hex - + right outer join struct::list - + RIPEMD ripemd128 · ripemd160 - + roman numeral math::roman - + roots math::calculus - + rot tcl::transform::rot - + rot13 tcl::transform::rot - + rounding math::fuzzy - + rows term::ansi::ctrl::unix - + rpc comm · comm_wire - + rsa pki - + running grammar::fa::dexec Keywords: S - + s3 S3 - + SASL SASL - + scanl generator - + SCCS rcs - + secure comm · pop3 · pop3d · transfer::connect · transfer::receiver · transfer::transmitter - + security aes · blowfish · cksum · crc16 · crc32 · des · md4 · md5 · md5crypt · otp · pki · rc4 · ripemd128 · ripemd160 · sha1 · sha256 · sum - + seed tcl::chan::randseed - + selectionbox javascript - + semantic markup docidx_intro · docidx_lang_cmdref · docidx_lang_faq · docidx_lang_intro · docidx_lang_syntax · docidx_plugin_apiref · doctoc_intro · doctoc_lang_cmdref · doctoc_lang_faq · doctoc_lang_intro · doctoc_lang_syntax · doctoc_plugin_apiref · doctools2idx_introduction · doctools2toc_introduction · doctools_intro · doctools_lang_cmdref · doctools_lang_faq · doctools_lang_intro · doctools_lang_syntax · doctools_plugin_apiref - + send comm - + serialization bee · doctools::idx::export::docidx · doctools::idx::export::html · doctools::idx::export::json · doctools::idx::export::nroff · doctools::idx::export::text · doctools::idx::export::wiki · doctools::idx::structure · doctools::toc::export::doctoc · doctools::toc::export::html · doctools::toc::export::json · doctools::toc::export::nroff · doctools::toc::export::text · doctools::toc::export::wiki · doctools::toc::structure · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · struct::graph · struct::tree - + server map::geocode::nominatim · map::slippy::fetcher · nameserv::common · nameserv::server · nns_intro · nnsd - + service logger - + services ftpd · smtpd - + set struct::queue · struct::set - + sha1 sha1 - + sha256 sha256 - + shell string::token::shell - + shortest path struct::graph::op - + shuffle struct::list - + simulated annealing simulation::annealing - + simulation simulation::random - + singleton oo::util - + size limit tcl::transform::limitsize - + skiplist struct::queue · struct::skiplist - + slippy map::slippy · map::slippy::cache · map::slippy::fetcher - + smtp mime · smtp · smtpd - + smtpd smtpd - + Snit snit - + snit deleg_method · interp - + SNTP ntp_time - + socket comm · comm_wire · smtpd - + soundex soundex - + source docstrip · docstrip_util · tcldocstrip - + spacing tcl::transform::spacer - - spatial interpolation + + spatial interpolation math::interpolate - + special functions math::special - + specification bench_lang_spec - + speed profiler - + split textutil::split - + squared graph struct::graph::op - + ssl comm · imap4 · pop3 · pop3d · transfer::connect · transfer::receiver · transfer::transmitter - + stack struct::queue - + standard io tcl::chan::std - + state grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + state (de)serialization namespacex - + statistical distribution simulation::random - + statistics counter · math · math::statistics - + stdin tcl::chan::std - + stdout tcl::chan::std - + stochastic modelling simulation::montecarlo - + stream cipher rc4 - + stream copy tcl::transform::observe - + string string::token · string::token::shell · textutil · textutil::adjust · textutil::expander · textutil::repeat · textutil::split · textutil::string · textutil::tabify · textutil::trim - + stringprep stringprep · stringprep::data · unicode::data - + strongly connected component struct::graph::op - + struct struct::pool · struct::record - + structure control - + structured queries treeql - + style doctools::html::cssdefaults - + subcommand tepam · tepam::procedure - + subgraph struct::graph · struct::graph::op - + subject hook - + submitbutton javascript - + subscriber hook - + subsequence struct::list - + subst doctools::tcl::parse - + sum sum - + swapping struct::list - + symmetric difference struct::set - + synchronous cache::async - + syntax tree grammar::me::util Keywords: T - + table doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import · html · report - + table of contents doctoc_intro · doctoc_plugin_apiref · doctools2toc_introduction · doctools::toc · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::export::doctoc · doctools::toc::export::html · doctools::toc::export::json · doctools::toc::export::nroff · doctools::toc::export::text · doctools::toc::export::wiki · doctools::toc::import · doctools::toc::import::doctoc · doctools::toc::import::json - + tabstops textutil::tabify - + tallying counter - + tape archive tar - + tar tar - + tcl math::bigfloat · math::bignum · math::decimal - + Tcl module docstrip_util - + Tcl syntax doctools::tcl::parse - + tcler's wiki doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export - + tcllib csv - + TclOO oo::util - + TCLPARAM pt::peg::to::tclparam - + TDPL grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + temp file fileutil - + template processing textutil::expander - + terminal term · term::ansi::code · term::ansi::code::attr · term::ansi::code::ctrl · term::ansi::code::macros · term::ansi::ctrl::unix · term::ansi::send · term::interact::menu · term::interact::pager · term::receive · term::receive::bind · term::send - + test fileutil - + Testing valtype::common · valtype::creditcard::amex · valtype::creditcard::discover · valtype::creditcard::mastercard · valtype::creditcard::visa · valtype::gs1::ean13 · valtype::iban · valtype::imei · valtype::isbn · valtype::luhn · valtype::luhn5 · valtype::usnpi · valtype::verhoeff - + testing bench · bench::in · bench::out::csv · bench::out::text · bench_intro · bench_lang_intro · bench_lang_spec - + TeX textutil · textutil::adjust - + text bench::in · bench::out::text · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export - + text comparison soundex - + text conversion rcs - + text differences rcs - + text display term::interact::menu · term::interact::pager - + text expansion textutil::expander - + text likeness soundex - + text processing bibtex · huddle · page · page_intro · page_pluginmgr · page_util_flow · page_util_norm_lemon · page_util_norm_peg · page_util_peg · page_util_quote · yaml - + text widget tcl::chan::textwindow - + threads coroutine · coroutine::auto - + thumbnail jpeg - + tie tie · tie - + tif tiff - + tiff - exif · tiff + tiff - + tile map::slippy::cache · map::slippy::fetcher - + time ntp_time - + timestamp png - + timestamps debug::timestamp - + tip 219 tcl::chan::cat · tcl::chan::core · tcl::chan::events · tcl::chan::facade · tcl::chan::fifo · tcl::chan::fifo2 · tcl::chan::halfpipe · tcl::chan::memchan · tcl::chan::null · tcl::chan::nullzero · tcl::chan::random · tcl::chan::randseed · tcl::chan::std · tcl::chan::string · tcl::chan::textwindow · tcl::chan::variable · tcl::chan::zero · tcl::transform::core - + tip 230 tcl::transform::adler32 · tcl::transform::base64 · tcl::transform::counter · tcl::transform::crc32 · tcl::transform::hex · tcl::transform::identity · tcl::transform::limitsize · tcl::transform::observe · tcl::transform::otp · tcl::transform::rot · tcl::transform::spacer · tcl::transform::zlib - + tip 234 tcl::transform::zlib - + tip 317 tcl::transform::base64 - + Tk tcl::chan::textwindow - + tls comm · imap4 · pop3 · pop3d · smtp · transfer::connect · transfer::receiver · transfer::transmitter - + TMML doctools · doctools::idx · doctools::idx · doctools::toc · doctools::toc · dtplite · dtplite · mpexpand - + toc doctoc_intro · doctoc_plugin_apiref · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export::doctoc · doctools::toc::export::html · doctools::toc::export::json · doctools::toc::export::nroff · doctools::toc::export::text · doctools::toc::export::wiki · doctools::toc::import::doctoc · doctools::toc::import::json - + toc formatter doctoc_plugin_apiref - + tokenization string::token · string::token::shell - + top-down parsing languages grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + torrent bee - + touch fileutil - + TPDL grammar::me_intro - + trace debug · debug::caller · debug::heartbeat · debug::timestamp - + transducer grammar::aycock · grammar::fa · grammar::fa::dacceptor · grammar::fa::dexec · grammar::fa::op · grammar::me_intro · grammar::peg · grammar::peg::interp · pt · pt::ast · pt::cparam::configuration::critcl · pt::json_language · pt::param · pt::pe · pt::pe::op · pt::peg · pt::peg::container · pt::peg::container::peg · pt::peg::export · pt::peg::export::container · pt::peg::export::json · pt::peg::export::peg · pt::peg::from::container · pt::peg::from::json · pt::peg::from::peg · pt::peg::import · pt::peg::import::container · pt::peg::import::json · pt::peg::import::peg · pt::peg::interp · pt::peg::to::container · pt::peg::to::cparam · pt::peg::to::json · pt::peg::to::param · pt::peg::to::peg · pt::peg::to::tclparam · pt::peg_language · pt::pegrammar · pt::pgen · pt::rde · pt::tclparam::configuration::snit · pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo · pt_export_api · pt_import_api · pt_introduction · pt_parser_api - + transfer transfer::connect · transfer::copy · transfer::copy::queue · transfer::data::destination · transfer::data::source · transfer::receiver · transfer::transmitter - + transformation page_util_peg · tcl::transform::adler32 · tcl::transform::base64 · tcl::transform::counter · tcl::transform::crc32 · tcl::transform::hex · tcl::transform::identity · tcl::transform::limitsize · tcl::transform::observe · tcl::transform::otp · tcl::transform::rot · tcl::transform::spacer · tcl::transform::zlib - + transmitter transfer::transmitter - + travelling salesman struct::graph::op - + traversal fileutil_traverse - + tree grammar::me::cpu::gasm · grammar::me::util · htmlparse · struct::queue · struct::stack · struct::tree · struct::tree_v1 · treeql - + tree query language treeql - + tree walking page_util_flow · page_util_norm_lemon · page_util_norm_peg - + TreeQL treeql - + trimming textutil · textutil::trim - + type fileutil · fileutil::magic::cfront · fileutil::magic::cgen · fileutil::magic::filetype · fileutil::magic::mimetype · fileutil::magic::rt · snit - + Type checking valtype::common · valtype::creditcard::amex · valtype::creditcard::discover · valtype::creditcard::mastercard · valtype::creditcard::visa · valtype::gs1::ean13 · valtype::iban · valtype::imei · valtype::isbn · valtype::luhn · valtype::luhn5 · valtype::usnpi · valtype::verhoeff Keywords: U - + uevent hook - + unbind uevent - + uncapitalize textutil::string - + undenting textutil::adjust - + unicode stringprep · stringprep::data · unicode · unicode::data - + union struct::disjointset · struct::set - + unit units - + unknown hooking namespacex - + untie tie · tie - + update coroutine · coroutine::auto - + uri uri · uri_urn - + url doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::import · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::import · map::geocode::nominatim · map::slippy::fetcher · uri · uri_urn - + urn uri_urn - + US-NPI valtype::usnpi - + utilities namespacex - + uuencode uuencode - + UUID uuid Keywords: V - + Validation valtype::common · valtype::creditcard::amex · valtype::creditcard::discover · valtype::creditcard::mastercard · valtype::creditcard::visa · valtype::gs1::ean13 · valtype::iban · valtype::imei · valtype::isbn · valtype::luhn · valtype::luhn5 · valtype::usnpi · valtype::verhoeff - + Value checking valtype::common · valtype::creditcard::amex · valtype::creditcard::discover · valtype::creditcard::mastercard · valtype::creditcard::visa · valtype::gs1::ean13 · valtype::iban · valtype::imei · valtype::isbn · valtype::luhn · valtype::luhn5 · valtype::usnpi · valtype::verhoeff - + vectors math::linearalgebra - + verhoeff valtype::verhoeff - + vertex struct::graph · struct::graph::op - + vertex cover struct::graph::op - + virtual channel tcl::chan::cat · tcl::chan::core · tcl::chan::events · tcl::chan::facade · tcl::chan::fifo · tcl::chan::fifo2 · tcl::chan::halfpipe · tcl::chan::memchan · tcl::chan::null · tcl::chan::nullzero · tcl::chan::random · tcl::chan::randseed · tcl::chan::std · tcl::chan::string · tcl::chan::textwindow · tcl::chan::variable · tcl::chan::zero · tcl::transform::adler32 · tcl::transform::base64 · tcl::transform::core · tcl::transform::counter · tcl::transform::crc32 · tcl::transform::hex · tcl::transform::identity · tcl::transform::limitsize · tcl::transform::observe · tcl::transform::otp · tcl::transform::rot · tcl::transform::spacer · tcl::transform::zlib - + virtual machine grammar::me::cpu · grammar::me::cpu::core · grammar::me::cpu::gasm · grammar::me::tcl · grammar::me_intro · grammar::me_vm · grammar::peg::interp · pt::param - + VISA valtype::creditcard::visa - + vwait coroutine · coroutine::auto · smtpd Keywords: W - + wais uri - + widget snit · snitfaq - + widget adaptors snit · snitfaq - + wiki doctools::idx · doctools::idx · doctools::idx::export · doctools::idx::export::wiki · doctools::toc · doctools::toc · doctools::toc::export · doctools::toc::export::wiki - + word doctools::tcl::parse · wip - + www uri Keywords: X - + x.208 asn - + x.209 asn - + x.500 ldap - + xml xsxp - + xor tcl::transform::otp - + XPath treeql - + XSLT treeql Keywords: Y - + yaml huddle · yaml - + ydecode yencode - + yEnc yencode - + yencode yencode Keywords: Z - + zero tcl::chan::nullzero · tcl::chan::zero - + zlib tcl::transform::zlib - + zoom map::slippy · map::slippy::cache · map::slippy::fetcher DELETED embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/exif/exif.html Index: embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/exif/exif.html ================================================================== --- embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/exif/exif.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ - -exif - EXIF parsing - - - - -
-
[ - Tcllib Home -| Main Table Of Contents -| Table Of Contents -| Keyword Index -| Categories -| Modules -| Applications - ]
-

exif(n) 1.1.2 tcllib "EXIF parsing"

-

Name

-

exif - Tcl EXIF extracts and parses EXIF fields from digital images

-
- -

Synopsis

-
-
    -
  • package require Tcl 8.2
    • -
  • package require exif ?1.1.2?
    • -
- -
-
-

Description

-

The EXIF package is a recoding of Chris Breeze's Perl package to do -the same thing. This version accepts a channel as input and returns a -serialized array with all the recognised fields parsed out.

-

There is also a function to obtain a list of all possible field names -that might be present, which is useful in building GUIs that present -such information.

-
-

COMMANDS

-
-
exif::analyze channel ?thumbnail?
-

channel should be an open file handle rewound to the start. It -does not need to be seekable. channel will be set to binary -mode and is left wherever it happens to stop being parsed, usually at -the end of the file or the start of the image data. You must open and -close the stream yourself. If no error is thrown, the return value is -a serialized array with informative English text about what was found -in the EXIF block. Failure during parsing or I/O throw errors.

-

If thumbnail is present and not the empty string it will be -interpreted as the name of a file, and the thumbnail image contained -in the exif data will be written into it.

-
exif::analyzeFile filename ?thumbnail?
-

This is a file-based wrapper around exif::analyze. Instead of -taking a stream it takes a filename and analyzes the contents of -the specified file.

-
exif::fieldnames
-

This returns a list of all possible field names. That is, the array -returned by exif::analyze will not contain keys that are not -listed in the return from exif::fieldnames. Of course, if -information is missing in the image file, exif::analyze may not -return all the fields listed in the return from exif::fieldnames. -This function is expected to be primarily useful for building GUIs to -display results.

-

N.B.: Read the implementation of exif::fieldnames before -modifying the implementation of exif::analyze.

-
-
-

COPYRIGHTS

-

(c) 2002 Darren New -Hold harmless the author, and any lawful use is allowed.

-
-

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

-

This code is a direct translation of version 1.3 of exif.pl by Chris -Breeze. See the source for full headers, references, etc.

-
-

Bugs, Ideas, Feedback

-

This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain -bugs and other problems. -Please report such in the category exif of the -Tcllib Trackers. -Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either -package and/or documentation.

-
- -

Category

-

File formats

-
-
Index: embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/math/interpolate.html ================================================================== --- embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/math/interpolate.html +++ embedded/www/tcllib/files/modules/math/interpolate.html @@ -106,22 +106,23 @@ | Keyword Index | Categories | Modules | Applications ]
-

math::interpolate(n) 1.0.2 tcllib "Tcl Math Library"

+

math::interpolate(n) 1.1 tcllib "Tcl Math Library"

Name

math::interpolate - Interpolation routines

@@ -128,11 +129,11 @@

Synopsis

  • package require Tcl ?8.4?
  • package require struct
    • -
  • package require math::interpolate ?1.0.2?
    • +
  • package require math::interpolate ?1.1?

This document describes the procedures and explains their usage.

-

PROCEDURES

+

INCOMPATIBILITY WITH VERSION 1.0.3

+

The interpretation of the tables in the ::math::interpolate::interpolate-1d-table command +has been changed to be compatible with the interpretation for 2D interpolation in +the ::math::interpolate::interpolate-table command. As a consequence this version is +incompatible with the previous versions of the command (1.0.x).

+
+

PROCEDURES

The interpolation package defines the following public procedures:

::math::interpolate::defineTable name colnames values

Define a table with one or two independent variables (the distinction is implicit in the data). The procedure returns the name of the table - this name is used whenever you @@ -177,11 +184,11 @@

Name of the table to be created

list colnames (in)

List of column names

list values (in)

List of values (the number of elements should be a -multiple of the number of columns. See EXAMPLES for more information on the +multiple of the number of columns. See EXAMPLES for more information on the interpretation of the data.

The values must be sorted with respect to the independent variable(s).

::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table name xval

Interpolate into the one-dimensional table "name" and return a list of values, one for @@ -284,13 +291,36 @@ interpolating polynomial of high degree, which is likely to result in numerical instabilities; one is better off using only a few tabulated values near the desired abscissa.

-

EXAMPLES

-

TODO -Example of using the cubic splines:

+

EXAMPLES

+

Example of using one-dimensional tables:

+

Suppose you have several tabulated functions of one variable:

+
+    x     y1     y2
+  0.0    0.0    0.0
+  1.0    1.0    1.0
+  2.0    4.0    8.0
+  3.0    9.0   27.0
+  4.0   16.0   64.0
+
+

Then to estimate the values at 0.5, 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5, you can use:

+
+   set table [::math::interpolate::defineTable table1  {x y1 y2} {   -      1      2
+                   0.0    0.0    0.0
+                   1.0    1.0    1.0
+                   2.0    4.0    8.0
+                   3.0    9.0   27.0
+                   4.0   16.0   64.0}]
+   foreach x {0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5} {
+       puts "$x: [::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table $table $x]"
+   }
+
+

For one-dimensional tables the first row is not used. For two-dimensional +tables, the first row represents the values for the second independent variable.

+

Example of using the cubic splines:

Suppose the following values are given:

     x       y
   0.1     1.0
   0.3     2.1
@@ -318,24 +348,24 @@
 0.9: 3.95675857843
 1.0: 4.12

As you can see, the values at the abscissae are reproduced perfectly.

-

Bugs, Ideas, Feedback

+

Bugs, Ideas, Feedback

This document, and the package it describes, will undoubtedly contain bugs and other problems. Please report such in the category math :: interpolate of the Tcllib Trackers. Please also report any ideas for enhancements you may have for either package and/or documentation.

Category

Mathematics

Index: embedded/www/tcllib/toc.html ================================================================== --- embedded/www/tcllib/toc.html +++ embedded/www/tcllib/toc.html @@ -443,1170 +443,1166 @@ dtplite Lightweight DocTools Markup Processor -exif -Tcl EXIF extracts and parses EXIF fields from digital images - - -fileutil -Procedures implementing some file utilities - - -fileutil::magic::cfront -Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files - - -fileutil::magic::cgen -Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files - - -fileutil::magic::filetype -Procedures implementing file-type recognition - - -fileutil::magic::mimetype -Procedures implementing mime-type recognition - - -fileutil::magic::rt -Runtime core for file type recognition engines written in pure Tcl - - -fileutil::multi -Multi-file operation, scatter/gather, standard object - - -fileutil::multi::op -Multi-file operation, scatter/gather - - -fileutil_traverse -Iterative directory traversal - - -ftp -Client-side tcl implementation of the ftp protocol - - -ftp::geturl -Uri handler for ftp urls - - -ftpd -Tcl FTP server implementation - - -generator -Procedures for creating and using generators. - - -gpx -Extracts waypoints, tracks and routes from GPX files - - -grammar::aycock -Aycock-Horspool-Earley parser generator for Tcl - - -grammar::fa -Create and manipulate finite automatons - - -grammar::fa::dacceptor -Create and use deterministic acceptors - - -grammar::fa::dexec -Execute deterministic finite automatons - - -grammar::fa::op -Operations on finite automatons - - -grammar::me::cpu -Virtual machine implementation II for parsing token streams - - -grammar::me::cpu::core -ME virtual machine state manipulation - - -grammar::me::cpu::gasm -ME assembler - - -grammar::me::tcl -Virtual machine implementation I for parsing token streams - - -grammar::me::util -AST utilities - - -grammar::me_ast -Various representations of ASTs - - -grammar::me_intro -Introduction to virtual machines for parsing token streams - - -grammar::me_vm -Virtual machine for parsing token streams - - -grammar::peg -Create and manipulate parsing expression grammars - - -grammar::peg::interp -Interpreter for parsing expression grammars - - -hook -Hooks - - -html -Procedures to generate HTML structures - - -htmlparse -Procedures to parse HTML strings - - -huddle -Create and manipulate huddle object - - -ident -Ident protocol client - - -imap4 -imap client-side tcl implementation of imap protocol - - -inifile -Parsing of Windows INI files - - -interp -Interp creation and aliasing - - -irc -Create IRC connection and interface. - - -javascript -Procedures to generate HTML and Java Script structures. - - -jpeg -JPEG querying and manipulation of meta data - - -json -JSON parser - - -json::write -JSON generation - - -lambda -Utility commands for anonymous procedures - - -ldap -LDAP client - - -ldapx -LDAP extended object interface - - -log -Procedures to log messages of libraries and applications. - - -logger -System to control logging of events. - - -logger::appender -Collection of predefined appenders for logger - - -logger::utils -Utilities for logger - - -map::geocode::nominatim -Resolving geographical names with a Nominatim service - - -map::slippy -Common code for slippy based map packages - - -map::slippy::cache -Management of a tile cache in the local filesystem - - -map::slippy::fetcher -Accessing a server providing tiles for slippy-based maps - - -mapproj -Map projection routines - - -math -Tcl Math Library - - -math::bigfloat -Arbitrary precision floating-point numbers - - -math::bignum -Arbitrary precision integer numbers - - -math::calculus -Integration and ordinary differential equations - - -math::calculus::romberg -Romberg integration - - -math::calculus::symdiff -Symbolic differentiation for Tcl - - -math::combinatorics -Combinatorial functions in the Tcl Math Library - - -math::complexnumbers -Straightforward complex number package - - -math::constants -Mathematical and numerical constants - - -math::decimal -General decimal arithmetic - - -math::fourier -Discrete and fast fourier transforms - - -math::fuzzy -Fuzzy comparison of floating-point numbers - - -math::geometry -Geometrical computations - - -math::interpolate -Interpolation routines - - -math::linearalgebra -Linear Algebra - - -math::numtheory -Number Theory - - -math::optimize -Optimisation routines - - -math::polynomials -Polynomial functions - - -math::rationalfunctions -Polynomial functions - - -math::roman -Tools for creating and manipulating roman numerals - - -math::special -Special mathematical functions - - -math::statistics -Basic statistical functions and procedures - - -md4 -MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm - - -md5 -MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm - - -md5crypt -MD5-based password encryption - - -mime -Manipulation of MIME body parts - - -mpexpand -Markup processor - - -multiplexer -One-to-many communication with sockets. - - -nameserv -Name service facility, Client - - -nameserv::auto -Name service facility, Client Extension - - -nameserv::common -Name service facility, shared definitions - - -nameserv::protocol -Name service facility, client/server protocol - - -nameserv::server -Name service facility, Server - - -namespacex -Namespace utility commands - - -ncgi -Procedures to manipulate CGI values. - - -nmea -Process NMEA data - - -nns -Name service facility, Commandline Client Application - - -nns_intro -Name service facility, introduction - - -nnsd -Name service facility, Commandline Server Application - - -nnslog -Name service facility, Commandline Logging Client Application - - -nntp -Tcl client for the NNTP protocol - - -ntp_time -Tcl Time Service Client - - -oo::util -Utility commands for TclOO - - -otp -One-Time Passwords - - -page -Parser Generator - - -page_intro -page introduction - - -page_pluginmgr -page plugin manager - - -page_util_flow -page dataflow/treewalker utility - - -page_util_norm_lemon -page AST normalization, LEMON - - -page_util_norm_peg -page AST normalization, PEG - - -page_util_peg -page PEG transformation utilities - - -page_util_quote -page character quoting utilities - - -picoirc -Small and simple embeddable IRC client. - - -pki -Implementation of the public key cipher - - -pluginmgr -Manage a plugin - - -png -PNG querying and manipulation of meta data - - -pop3 -Tcl client for POP3 email protocol - - -pop3d -Tcl POP3 server implementation - - -pop3d::dbox -Simple mailbox database for pop3d - - -pop3d::udb -Simple user database for pop3d - - -profiler -Tcl source code profiler - - -pt -Parser Tools Application - - -pt::ast -Abstract Syntax Tree Serialization - - -pt::cparam::configuration::critcl -C/PARAM, Canned configuration, Critcl - - -pt::json_language -The JSON Grammar Exchange Format - - -pt::param -PackRat Machine Specification - - -pt::pe -Parsing Expression Serialization - - -pt::pe::op -Parsing Expression Utilities - - -pt::peg -Parsing Expression Grammar Serialization - - -pt::peg::container -PEG Storage - - -pt::peg::container::peg -PEG Storage. Canned PEG grammar specification - - -pt::peg::export -PEG Export - - -pt::peg::export::container -PEG Export Plugin. Write CONTAINER format - - -pt::peg::export::json -PEG Export Plugin. Write JSON format - - -pt::peg::export::peg -PEG Export Plugin. Write PEG format - - -pt::peg::from::container -PEG Conversion. From CONTAINER format - - -pt::peg::from::json -PEG Conversion. Read JSON format - - -pt::peg::from::peg -PEG Conversion. Read PEG format - - -pt::peg::import -PEG Import - - -pt::peg::import::container -PEG Import Plugin. From CONTAINER format - - -pt::peg::import::json -PEG Import Plugin. Read JSON format - - -pt::peg::import::peg -PEG Import Plugin. Read PEG format - - -pt::peg::interp -Interpreter for parsing expression grammars - - -pt::peg::to::container -PEG Conversion. Write CONTAINER format - - -pt::peg::to::cparam -PEG Conversion. Write CPARAM format - - -pt::peg::to::json -PEG Conversion. Write JSON format - - -pt::peg::to::param -PEG Conversion. Write PARAM format - - -pt::peg::to::peg -PEG Conversion. Write PEG format - - -pt::peg::to::tclparam -PEG Conversion. Write TCLPARAM format - - -pt::peg_language -PEG Language Tutorial - - +fileutil +Procedures implementing some file utilities + + +fileutil::magic::cfront +Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files + + +fileutil::magic::cgen +Generator core for compiler of magic(5) files + + +fileutil::magic::filetype +Procedures implementing file-type recognition + + +fileutil::magic::mimetype +Procedures implementing mime-type recognition + + +fileutil::magic::rt +Runtime core for file type recognition engines written in pure Tcl + + +fileutil::multi +Multi-file operation, scatter/gather, standard object + + +fileutil::multi::op +Multi-file operation, scatter/gather + + +fileutil_traverse +Iterative directory traversal + + +ftp +Client-side tcl implementation of the ftp protocol + + +ftp::geturl +Uri handler for ftp urls + + +ftpd +Tcl FTP server implementation + + +generator +Procedures for creating and using generators. + + +gpx +Extracts waypoints, tracks and routes from GPX files + + +grammar::aycock +Aycock-Horspool-Earley parser generator for Tcl + + +grammar::fa +Create and manipulate finite automatons + + +grammar::fa::dacceptor +Create and use deterministic acceptors + + +grammar::fa::dexec +Execute deterministic finite automatons + + +grammar::fa::op +Operations on finite automatons + + +grammar::me::cpu +Virtual machine implementation II for parsing token streams + + +grammar::me::cpu::core +ME virtual machine state manipulation + + +grammar::me::cpu::gasm +ME assembler + + +grammar::me::tcl +Virtual machine implementation I for parsing token streams + + +grammar::me::util +AST utilities + + +grammar::me_ast +Various representations of ASTs + + +grammar::me_intro +Introduction to virtual machines for parsing token streams + + +grammar::me_vm +Virtual machine for parsing token streams + + +grammar::peg +Create and manipulate parsing expression grammars + + +grammar::peg::interp +Interpreter for parsing expression grammars + + +hook +Hooks + + +html +Procedures to generate HTML structures + + +htmlparse +Procedures to parse HTML strings + + +huddle +Create and manipulate huddle object + + +ident +Ident protocol client + + +imap4 +imap client-side tcl implementation of imap protocol + + +inifile +Parsing of Windows INI files + + +interp +Interp creation and aliasing + + +irc +Create IRC connection and interface. + + +javascript +Procedures to generate HTML and Java Script structures. + + +jpeg +JPEG querying and manipulation of meta data + + +json +JSON parser + + +json::write +JSON generation + + +lambda +Utility commands for anonymous procedures + + +ldap +LDAP client + + +ldapx +LDAP extended object interface + + +log +Procedures to log messages of libraries and applications. + + +logger +System to control logging of events. + + +logger::appender +Collection of predefined appenders for logger + + +logger::utils +Utilities for logger + + +map::geocode::nominatim +Resolving geographical names with a Nominatim service + + +map::slippy +Common code for slippy based map packages + + +map::slippy::cache +Management of a tile cache in the local filesystem + + +map::slippy::fetcher +Accessing a server providing tiles for slippy-based maps + + +mapproj +Map projection routines + + +math +Tcl Math Library + + +math::bigfloat +Arbitrary precision floating-point numbers + + +math::bignum +Arbitrary precision integer numbers + + +math::calculus +Integration and ordinary differential equations + + +math::calculus::romberg +Romberg integration + + +math::calculus::symdiff +Symbolic differentiation for Tcl + + +math::combinatorics +Combinatorial functions in the Tcl Math Library + + +math::complexnumbers +Straightforward complex number package + + +math::constants +Mathematical and numerical constants + + +math::decimal +General decimal arithmetic + + +math::fourier +Discrete and fast fourier transforms + + +math::fuzzy +Fuzzy comparison of floating-point numbers + + +math::geometry +Geometrical computations + + +math::interpolate +Interpolation routines + + +math::linearalgebra +Linear Algebra + + +math::numtheory +Number Theory + + +math::optimize +Optimisation routines + + +math::polynomials +Polynomial functions + + +math::rationalfunctions +Polynomial functions + + +math::roman +Tools for creating and manipulating roman numerals + + +math::special +Special mathematical functions + + +math::statistics +Basic statistical functions and procedures + + +md4 +MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm + + +md5 +MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm + + +md5crypt +MD5-based password encryption + + +mime +Manipulation of MIME body parts + + +mpexpand +Markup processor + + +multiplexer +One-to-many communication with sockets. + + +nameserv +Name service facility, Client + + +nameserv::auto +Name service facility, Client Extension + + +nameserv::common +Name service facility, shared definitions + + +nameserv::protocol +Name service facility, client/server protocol + + +nameserv::server +Name service facility, Server + + +namespacex +Namespace utility commands + + +ncgi +Procedures to manipulate CGI values. + + +nmea +Process NMEA data + + +nns +Name service facility, Commandline Client Application + + +nns_intro +Name service facility, introduction + + +nnsd +Name service facility, Commandline Server Application + + +nnslog +Name service facility, Commandline Logging Client Application + + +nntp +Tcl client for the NNTP protocol + + +ntp_time +Tcl Time Service Client + + +oo::util +Utility commands for TclOO + + +otp +One-Time Passwords + + +page +Parser Generator + + +page_intro +page introduction + + +page_pluginmgr +page plugin manager + + +page_util_flow +page dataflow/treewalker utility + + +page_util_norm_lemon +page AST normalization, LEMON + + +page_util_norm_peg +page AST normalization, PEG + + +page_util_peg +page PEG transformation utilities + + +page_util_quote +page character quoting utilities + + +picoirc +Small and simple embeddable IRC client. + + +pki +Implementation of the public key cipher + + +pluginmgr +Manage a plugin + + +png +PNG querying and manipulation of meta data + + +pop3 +Tcl client for POP3 email protocol + + +pop3d +Tcl POP3 server implementation + + +pop3d::dbox +Simple mailbox database for pop3d + + +pop3d::udb +Simple user database for pop3d + + +profiler +Tcl source code profiler + + +pt +Parser Tools Application + + +pt::ast +Abstract Syntax Tree Serialization + + +pt::cparam::configuration::critcl +C/PARAM, Canned configuration, Critcl + + +pt::json_language +The JSON Grammar Exchange Format + + +pt::param +PackRat Machine Specification + + +pt::pe +Parsing Expression Serialization + + +pt::pe::op +Parsing Expression Utilities + + +pt::peg +Parsing Expression Grammar Serialization + + +pt::peg::container +PEG Storage + + +pt::peg::container::peg +PEG Storage. Canned PEG grammar specification + + +pt::peg::export +PEG Export + + +pt::peg::export::container +PEG Export Plugin. Write CONTAINER format + + +pt::peg::export::json +PEG Export Plugin. Write JSON format + + +pt::peg::export::peg +PEG Export Plugin. Write PEG format + + +pt::peg::from::container +PEG Conversion. From CONTAINER format + + +pt::peg::from::json +PEG Conversion. Read JSON format + + +pt::peg::from::peg +PEG Conversion. Read PEG format + + +pt::peg::import +PEG Import + + +pt::peg::import::container +PEG Import Plugin. From CONTAINER format + + +pt::peg::import::json +PEG Import Plugin. Read JSON format + + +pt::peg::import::peg +PEG Import Plugin. Read PEG format + + +pt::peg::interp +Interpreter for parsing expression grammars + + +pt::peg::to::container +PEG Conversion. Write CONTAINER format + + +pt::peg::to::cparam +PEG Conversion. Write CPARAM format + + +pt::peg::to::json +PEG Conversion. Write JSON format + + +pt::peg::to::param +PEG Conversion. Write PARAM format + + +pt::peg::to::peg +PEG Conversion. Write PEG format + + +pt::peg::to::tclparam +PEG Conversion. Write TCLPARAM format + + +pt::peg_language +PEG Language Tutorial + + pt::pegrammar Introduction to Parsing Expression Grammars - + pt::pgen Parser Generator - + pt::rde Parsing Runtime Support, PARAM based - + pt::tclparam::configuration::snit Tcl/PARAM, Canned configuration, Snit - + pt::tclparam::configuration::tcloo Tcl/PARAM, Canned configuration, Tcloo - + pt_export_api Parser Tools Export API - + pt_import_api Parser Tools Import API - + pt_introduction Introduction to Parser Tools - + pt_parser_api Parser API - + rc4 Implementation of the RC4 stream cipher - + rcs RCS low level utilities - + report Create and manipulate report objects - + rest define REST web APIs and call them inline or asychronously - + ripemd128 RIPEMD-128 Message-Digest Algorithm - + ripemd160 RIPEMD-160 Message-Digest Algorithm - + S3 Amazon S3 Web Service Interface - + SASL Implementation of SASL mechanisms for Tcl - + sha1 SHA1 Message-Digest Algorithm - + sha256 SHA256 Message-Digest Algorithm - + simulation::annealing Simulated annealing - + simulation::montecarlo Monte Carlo simulations - + simulation::random Pseudo-random number generators - + smtp Client-side tcl implementation of the smtp protocol - + smtpd Tcl SMTP server implementation - + snit Snit's Not Incr Tcl - + snitfaq Snit Frequently Asked Questions - + soundex Soundex - + stooop Object oriented extension. - + string::token Regex based iterative lexing - + string::token::shell Parsing of shell command line - + stringprep Implementation of stringprep - + stringprep::data stringprep data tables, generated, internal - + struct::disjointset Disjoint set data structure - + struct::graph Create and manipulate directed graph objects - + struct::graph::op Operation for (un)directed graph objects - + struct::graph_v1 Create and manipulate directed graph objects - + struct::list Procedures for manipulating lists - + struct::matrix Create and manipulate matrix objects - + struct::matrix_v1 Create and manipulate matrix objects - + struct::pool Create and manipulate pool objects (of discrete items) - + struct::prioqueue Create and manipulate prioqueue objects - + struct::queue Create and manipulate queue objects - + struct::record Define and create records (similar to 'C' structures) - + struct::set Procedures for manipulating sets - + struct::skiplist Create and manipulate skiplists - + struct::stack Create and manipulate stack objects - + struct::tree Create and manipulate tree objects - + struct::tree_v1 Create and manipulate tree objects - + sum Calculate a sum(1) compatible checksum - + tar Tar file creation, extraction & manipulation - + tcl::chan::cat Concatenation channel - + tcl::chan::core Basic reflected/virtual channel support - + tcl::chan::events Event support for reflected/virtual channels - + tcl::chan::facade Facade channel - + tcl::chan::fifo In-memory fifo channel - + tcl::chan::fifo2 In-memory interconnected fifo channels - + tcl::chan::halfpipe In-memory channel, half of a fifo2 - + tcl::chan::memchan In-memory channel - + tcl::chan::null Null channel - + tcl::chan::nullzero Null/Zero channel combination - + tcl::chan::random Random channel - + tcl::chan::randseed Utilities for random channels - + tcl::chan::std Standard I/O, unification of stdin and stdout - + tcl::chan::string Read-only in-memory channel - + tcl::chan::textwindow Textwindow channel - + tcl::chan::variable In-memory channel using variable for storage - + tcl::chan::zero Zero channel - + tcl::transform::adler32 Adler32 transformation - + tcl::transform::base64 Base64 encoding transformation - + tcl::transform::core Basic reflected/virtual channel transform support - + tcl::transform::counter Counter transformation - + tcl::transform::crc32 Crc32 transformation - + tcl::transform::hex Hexadecimal encoding transformation - + tcl::transform::identity Identity transformation - + tcl::transform::limitsize limiting input - + tcl::transform::observe Observer transformation, stream copy - + tcl::transform::otp Encryption via one-time pad - + tcl::transform::rot rot-encryption - + tcl::transform::spacer Space insertation and removal - + tcl::transform::zlib zlib (de)compression - + tcldocstrip Tcl-based Docstrip Processor - + tcllib_ip IPv4 and IPv6 address manipulation - + tclrep/machineparameters Compute double precision machine parameters. - + tepam An introduction into TEPAM, Tcl's Enhanced Procedure and Argument Manager - + tepam::argument_dialogbox TEPAM argument_dialogbox, reference manual - + tepam::doc_gen TEPAM DOC Generation, reference manual - + tepam::procedure TEPAM procedure, reference manual - + term General terminal control - + term::ansi::code Helper for control sequences - + term::ansi::code::attr ANSI attribute sequences - + term::ansi::code::ctrl ANSI control sequences - + term::ansi::code::macros Macro sequences - + term::ansi::ctrl::unix Control operations and queries - + term::ansi::send Output of ANSI control sequences to terminals - + term::interact::menu Terminal widget, menu - + term::interact::pager Terminal widget, paging - + term::receive General input from terminals - + term::receive::bind Keyboard dispatch from terminals - + term::send General output to terminals - + textutil Procedures to manipulate texts and strings. - + textutil::adjust Procedures to adjust, indent, and undent paragraphs - + textutil::expander Procedures to process templates and expand text. - + textutil::repeat Procedures to repeat strings. - + textutil::split Procedures to split texts - + textutil::string Procedures to manipulate texts and strings. - + textutil::tabify Procedures to (un)tabify strings - + textutil::trim Procedures to trim strings - + tie Array persistence, standard data sources - + tie Array persistence - + tiff TIFF reading, writing, and querying and manipulation of meta data - + transfer::connect Connection setup - + transfer::copy Data transfer foundation - + transfer::copy::queue Queued transfers - + transfer::data::destination Data destination - + transfer::data::source Data source - + transfer::receiver Data source - + transfer::transmitter Data source - + treeql Query tree objects - + try try - Trap and process errors and exceptions - + uevent User events - + uevent::onidle Request merging and deferal to idle time - + unicode Implementation of Unicode normalization - + unicode::data unicode data tables, generated, internal - + units unit conversion - + uri URI utilities - + uri_urn URI utilities, URN scheme - + uuencode UU-encode/decode binary data - + uuid UUID generation and comparison - + valtype::common Validation, common code - + valtype::creditcard::amex Validation for AMEX creditcard number - + valtype::creditcard::discover Validation for Discover creditcard number - + valtype::creditcard::mastercard Validation for Mastercard creditcard number - + valtype::creditcard::visa Validation for VISA creditcard number - + valtype::gs1::ean13 Validation for EAN13 - + valtype::iban Validation for IBAN - + valtype::imei Validation for IMEI - + valtype::isbn Validation for ISBN - + valtype::luhn Validation for plain number with a LUHN checkdigit - + valtype::luhn5 Validation for plain number with a LUHN5 checkdigit - + valtype::usnpi Validation for USNPI - + valtype::verhoeff Validation for plain number with a VERHOEFF checkdigit - + websocket Tcl implementation of the websocket protocol - + wip Word Interpreter - + xsxp eXtremely Simple Xml Parser - + yaml YAML Format Encoder/Decoder - + yencode Y-encode/decode binary data
Index: modules/doctools/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/ChangeLog +++ modules/doctools/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,25 @@ +2013-11-07 Andreas Kupries + + * mpformats/man.macros: [Ticket 369f67aeee] Updated to newest from + Tcl/Tk. + +2013-11-06 Andreas Kupries + + * mpformats/fmt.nroff: [Ticket efe207eff1]: Applied + * mpformats/idx.nroff: patched by Stuart Casoff to + * mpformats/toc.nroff: unbreak manpage rendering on + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/00: various BSD variants. + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/01: Must include our + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/02: macros after emitting + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/03: .TH to avoid clashes. + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/04: Updated test results. + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/05: + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/06: + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/07: + * modules/doctools/tests/nroff/08: + 2013-06-05 Andreas Kupries * doctools.tcl: Added dt_ibase command to the set * mpformats/_common.tcl: available in formatters. * pkgIndex.tcl: Extended file command emulation. Index: modules/doctools/mpformats/fmt.nroff ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/mpformats/fmt.nroff +++ modules/doctools/mpformats/fmt.nroff @@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ if {[set text [c_held precomments]] != {}} { c_hold hdr $text } - c_hold hdr [nr_read man.macros] c_hold hdr [nr_title "\"[string trimleft $title :]\" $section $version $module \"$shortdesc\""] + c_hold hdr [nr_read man.macros] c_hold hdr [nr_bolds] c_hold hdr [fmt_section NAME] c_hold hdr "$title \1\\- $description" return [c_held hdr] Index: modules/doctools/mpformats/idx.nroff ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/mpformats/idx.nroff +++ modules/doctools/mpformats/idx.nroff @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ set hdr [nr_comment {}]\n if {$prec != {}} { set hdr [nr_comment $prec]\n } append hdr [nr_comment [c_provenance]]\n - append hdr [nr_read man.macros]\n append hdr [nr_title "\"[string trimleft $label :]\" n"]\n + append hdr [nr_read man.macros]\n append hdr [nr_bolds]\n append hdr [nr_section INDEX]\n append hdr $title[nr_in]\n return $hdr } Index: modules/doctools/mpformats/man.macros ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/mpformats/man.macros +++ modules/doctools/mpformats/man.macros @@ -1,82 +1,88 @@ -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2009/01/30 04:56:47 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -85,33 +91,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -127,20 +133,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -151,13 +157,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -180,38 +186,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -218,19 +226,42 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 +.. +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" .. Index: modules/doctools/mpformats/toc.nroff ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/mpformats/toc.nroff +++ modules/doctools/mpformats/toc.nroff @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ set hdr [nr_comment {}]\n if {$prec != {}} { set hdr [nr_comment $prec]\n } append hdr [nr_comment [c_provenance]]\n - append hdr [nr_read man.macros]\n append hdr [nr_title "\"[string trimleft $label :]\" n"]\n + append hdr [nr_read man.macros]\n append hdr [nr_bolds]\n append hdr [nr_section CONTENTS]\n append hdr $title[nr_in]\n return $hdr } Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/00 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/00 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/00 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION .SH COPYRIGHT Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/01 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/01 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/01 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) **Copyright** '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION Argument ::\fIArgument\fR:: Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/02 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/02 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/02 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "\&.\&.THE_MODULE\&.\&." +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- \&.\&.THE_TITLE\&.\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBAAA \fR Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/03 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/03 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/03 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION .SH AAA Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/04 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/04 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/04 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION BEGINNE HIER Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/05 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/05 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/05 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "BASIC" a 5 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME BASIC \- .SH SYNOPSIS a-command Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/06 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/06 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/06 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION .IP \(bu Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/07 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/07 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/07 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) \&.COPYRIGHT\&. '\" -.so man.macros .TH "TEST" z 3\&.14\&.15\&.926 \&.MODULE\&. "" +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME TEST \- .SH DESCRIPTION .IP \(bu Index: modules/doctools/tests/nroff/08 ================================================================== --- modules/doctools/tests/nroff/08 +++ modules/doctools/tests/nroff/08 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ '\" '\" Generated from file '\&.FILE\&.' by tcllib/doctools with format 'nroff' '\" Copyright (c) **Copyright** '\" -.so man.macros .TH "ALL" a 5 \&.MODULE\&. "\&.\&.THE_MODULE\&.\&." +.so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ALL \- \&.\&.THE_TITLE\&.\&. .SH SYNOPSIS package require \fBAAA \fR Index: modules/grammar_fa/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/grammar_fa/ChangeLog +++ modules/grammar_fa/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,11 @@ +2013-11-06 Andreas Kupries + + * fa.tcl: Extended the range of acceptable snit beyond 1.3-2 to + * pkgIndex.tcl: beyond 2. Bumped version to 0.5. Testsuite update + defered. Requires more work to update the wrong#args messages. + 2013-02-01 Andreas Kupries * * Released and tagged Tcllib 1.15 ======================== * Index: modules/grammar_fa/fa.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/grammar_fa/fa.tcl +++ modules/grammar_fa/fa.tcl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # -*- tcl -*- -# (c) 2004-2009 Andreas Kupries +# (c) 2004-2013 Andreas Kupries # Grammar / Finite Automatons / Container # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Package description @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Requisites package require grammar::fa::op ; # Heavy FA operations. -package require snit 1.3 ; # OO system in use (Using hierarchical methods) +package require snit 1.3- ; # OO system in use (Using hierarchical methods) package require struct::list ; # Extended list operations. package require struct::set ; # Extended set operations. # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Implementation @@ -1224,6 +1224,6 @@ ::grammar::fa::op::constructor ::grammar::fa # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Package Management -package provide grammar::fa 0.4 +package provide grammar::fa 0.5 Index: modules/grammar_fa/pkgIndex.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/grammar_fa/pkgIndex.tcl +++ modules/grammar_fa/pkgIndex.tcl @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.4]} {return} -package ifneeded grammar::fa 0.4 [list source [file join $dir fa.tcl]] +package ifneeded grammar::fa 0.5 [list source [file join $dir fa.tcl]] package ifneeded grammar::fa::op 0.4.1 [list source [file join $dir faop.tcl]] package ifneeded grammar::fa::dacceptor 0.1.1 [list source [file join $dir dacceptor.tcl]] package ifneeded grammar::fa::dexec 0.2 [list source [file join $dir dexec.tcl]] Index: modules/jpeg/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/jpeg/ChangeLog +++ modules/jpeg/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,13 @@ +2013-11-07 Andreas Kupries + + * testimage/1000.JPG: Ticket [1d2b62d10d] followup. + * testimage/1000.exif.txt: Extended testsuite with an + * testimage/1000.thumbexif.txt: example image missing the + thumbnail and triggering the issue. With thanks to + aldo.w.buratti@gmail.com for donating the image. + 2013-10-30 Andreas Kupries * testimage/IMG_7950_dt.JPG: Ticket [1d2b62d10d] followup. * testimage/IMG_7950_dt.exif.txt: Extended testsuite with * testimage/IMG_7950_dt.thumbexif.txt: example image missing any @@ -9,11 +17,11 @@ 2013-10-28 Andreas Kupries * jpeg.tcl: Ticket [1d2b62d10d]: Fixed unwanted double-close of * jpeg.man: channel when accessing a non-existing thumbnail in a * pkgIndex.tcl: file. Introduced by the refactoring. Bumped - version to 0.5. + version to 0.5. Thanks to Aldo Buratti for the report. 2013-02-01 Andreas Kupries * * Released and tagged Tcllib 1.15 ======================== Index: modules/jpeg/jpeg.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/jpeg/jpeg.tcl +++ modules/jpeg/jpeg.tcl @@ -399,11 +399,11 @@ _scan $byteOrder [read $chan 2] s num # each entry is 12 bytes seek $chan [expr {$num * 12}] current # offset of next exif block (for thumbnail) _scan $byteOrder [read $chan 4] i next - if {$next <= 0} { close $chan ; return } + if {$next <= 0} { return } # but its relative to start seek $chan [expr {$start + $next}] start set data [_exif $chan $byteOrder $start] } lappend data ExifOffset $start ExifByteOrder $byteOrder Index: modules/jpeg/jpeg.test ================================================================== --- modules/jpeg/jpeg.test +++ modules/jpeg/jpeg.test @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ set n 0 foreach f [TestFilesGlob testimages/*.JPG] { test jpeg-7.$n "dimensions regular, [file tail $f]" -body { ::jpeg::dimensions $f - } -result {320 240} + } -result [string trim [fileutil::cat [file rootname $f].WxH.txt]] incr n } set n 0 foreach f [TestFilesGlob testimages/*.thumb] { ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.JPG Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.JPG ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.JPG cannot compute difference between binary files ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.WxH.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.WxH.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.WxH.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +1000 1000 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.exif.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.exif.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.exif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +ExifByteOrder little ExifOffset 30 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.info.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.info.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.info.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +version 1.1 units 1 xdensity 96 ydensity 96 xthumb 0 ythumb 0 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.thumbexif.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.thumbexif.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/1000.thumbexif.txt ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7898.WxH.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7898.WxH.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7898.WxH.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +320 240 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7917.WxH.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7917.WxH.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7917.WxH.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +320 240 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950.WxH.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950.WxH.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950.WxH.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +320 240 ADDED modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950_none.WxH.txt Index: modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950_none.WxH.txt ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/jpeg/testimages/IMG_7950_none.WxH.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1 @@ +320 240 Index: modules/math/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/math/ChangeLog +++ modules/math/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,13 @@ +2013-11-03 Arjen Markus + * calculus.tcl: Corrected calculation of corrector in heunStep (now version 0.7.2) + * pkgIndex.tcl: [Ticket b25b826973] Bumped version of interpolate to 1.1 + * interpolate.tcl: [Ticket b25b826973] Corrected inconsistency in use of tables for 1D interpolation + * interpolate.test: [Ticket b25b826973] Adjusted the test for 1D interpolation + * interpolate.man: [Ticket b25b826973] Added an example for 1D interpolation and note on the + incompatibility + 2013-03-05 Arjen Markus * statistics.tcl: [Ticket 05d055c2f5]: Added weights to histogram * statistics.man: [Ticket 05d055c2f5]: Documented weights to histogram * statistics.test: [Ticket 05d055c2f5]: Added test for weights to histogram * pkgIndex.tcl: [Ticket 05d055c2f5]: Bumped to version 0.8.1 Index: modules/math/calculus.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/math/calculus.tcl +++ modules/math/calculus.tcl @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ # # RCS: @(#) $Id: calculus.tcl,v 1.15 2008/10/08 03:30:48 andreas_kupries Exp $ package require Tcl 8.4 package require math::interpolate -package provide math::calculus 0.7.1 +package provide math::calculus 0.7.2 # math::calculus -- # Namespace for the commands namespace eval ::math::calculus { @@ -339,11 +339,11 @@ # # Corrector step # set tcorr [expr {$t+$tstep}] - set xcorr [eulerStep $t $tstep $xpred $funcq] + set xcorr [eulerStep $tcorr $tstep $xpred $funcq] set result {} foreach xv $xvec xc $xcorr { set xnew [expr {0.5*($xv+$xc)}] lappend result $xnew Index: modules/math/interpolate.man ================================================================== --- modules/math/interpolate.man +++ modules/math/interpolate.man @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ [comment {-*- tcl -*- doctools manpage}] -[manpage_begin math::interpolate n 1.0.2] +[manpage_begin math::interpolate n 1.1] [keywords interpolation] [keywords math] [keywords {spatial interpolation}] [copyright {2004 Arjen Markus }] [copyright {2004 Kevn B. Kenny }] @@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ [moddesc {Tcl Math Library}] [titledesc {Interpolation routines}] [category Mathematics] [require Tcl [opt 8.4]] [require struct] -[require math::interpolate [opt 1.0.2]] +[require math::interpolate [opt 1.1]] [description] [para] This package implements several interpolation algorithms: @@ -43,10 +43,17 @@ [list_end] [para] This document describes the procedures and explains their usage. +[section "INCOMPATIBILITY WITH VERSION 1.0.3"] + +The interpretation of the tables in the [cmd ::math::interpolate::interpolate-1d-table] command +has been changed to be compatible with the interpretation for 2D interpolation in +the [cmd ::math::interpolate::interpolate-table] command. As a consequence this version is +incompatible with the previous versions of the command (1.0.x). + [section "PROCEDURES"] The interpolation package defines the following public procedures: [list_begin definitions] @@ -221,13 +228,40 @@ values near the desired abscissa. [list_end] [section EXAMPLES] -[emph TODO] + +[emph "Example of using one-dimensional tables:"] +[para] +Suppose you have several tabulated functions of one variable: +[example { + x y1 y2 + 0.0 0.0 0.0 + 1.0 1.0 1.0 + 2.0 4.0 8.0 + 3.0 9.0 27.0 + 4.0 16.0 64.0 +}] +Then to estimate the values at 0.5, 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5, you can use: +[example { + set table [::math::interpolate::defineTable table1 \ + {x y1 y2} { - 1 2 + 0.0 0.0 0.0 + 1.0 1.0 1.0 + 2.0 4.0 8.0 + 3.0 9.0 27.0 + 4.0 16.0 64.0}] + foreach x {0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5} { + puts "$x: [::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table $table $x]" + } +}] +For one-dimensional tables the first row is not used. For two-dimensional +tables, the first row represents the values for the second independent variable. +[para] -Example of using the cubic splines: +[emph "Example of using the cubic splines:"] [para] Suppose the following values are given: [example { x y 0.1 1.0 Index: modules/math/interpolate.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/math/interpolate.tcl +++ modules/math/interpolate.tcl @@ -98,13 +98,15 @@ proc ::math::interpolate::interp-1d-table { table xval } { # # Search for the records that enclose the x-value # - set xvalues [lrange [$table get column 0] 1 end] + set xvalues [lrange [$table get column 0] 2 end] foreach {row row2} [FindEnclosingEntries $xval $xvalues] break + incr row + incr row2 set prev_values [$table get row $row] set next_values [$table get row $row2] set xprev [lindex $prev_values 0] @@ -649,6 +651,6 @@ # # Announce our presence # -package provide math::interpolate 1.0.3 +package provide math::interpolate 1.1 Index: modules/math/interpolate.test ================================================================== --- modules/math/interpolate.test +++ modules/math/interpolate.test @@ -48,13 +48,17 @@ # ------------------------------------------------------------------------- # # Test cases: interpolation in tables # +# Add a dummy row to the table - ticket b25b826973edcbb5b3a95f6c284214925a1d5e67 +# This makes it possible to use the same table in both 1D and 2D interpolations +# set t [::math::interpolate::defineTable table1 \ { x v1 v2 v3 } \ - { 0 0 10 1 + { - 1 2 3 + 0 0 10 1 1 1 9 4 2 2 8 9 5 5 5 25 7 7 3 49 10 10 0 100 }] Index: modules/math/pkgIndex.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/math/pkgIndex.tcl +++ modules/math/pkgIndex.tcl @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.4]} {return} # statistics depends on linearalgebra (for multi-variate linear regression). package ifneeded math::statistics 0.8.1 [list source [file join $dir statistics.tcl]] package ifneeded math::optimize 1.0 [list source [file join $dir optimize.tcl]] -package ifneeded math::calculus 0.7.1 [list source [file join $dir calculus.tcl]] -package ifneeded math::interpolate 1.0.3 [list source [file join $dir interpolate.tcl]] +package ifneeded math::calculus 0.7.2 [list source [file join $dir calculus.tcl]] +package ifneeded math::interpolate 1.1 [list source [file join $dir interpolate.tcl]] package ifneeded math::linearalgebra 1.1.4 [list source [file join $dir linalg.tcl]] package ifneeded math::bignum 3.1.1 [list source [file join $dir bignum.tcl]] package ifneeded math::bigfloat 1.2.2 [list source [file join $dir bigfloat.tcl]] package ifneeded math::machineparameters 0.1 [list source [file join $dir machineparameters.tcl]] Index: modules/tar/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/tar/ChangeLog +++ modules/tar/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,14 @@ +2013-11-22 Andreas Kupries + + * tar.man: Reviewed the work on the pyk-tar branch. Brought + * tar.tcl: new testsuite up to spec. Reviewed the skip fix, + * tar.test: modified it to reinstate the skip limit per round + * test-support.tcl: without getting the bug back. Bumped version + to 0.9. Thanks to PoorYorick for the initial work on the bug, + fix, and testsuite. This also fixes ticket [6b7aa0aecc]. + 2013-08-12 Andreas Kupries * tar.man (tar::untar, contents, stat, get): Extended the * tar.tcl: procedures to detect and properly handle @LongName * pkgIndex.tcl: header entries as generated by GNU tar. These Index: modules/tar/pkgIndex.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/tar/pkgIndex.tcl +++ modules/tar/pkgIndex.tcl @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.4]} { # PRAGMA: returnok return } -package ifneeded tar 0.8 [list source [file join $dir tar.tcl]] +package ifneeded tar 0.9 [list source [file join $dir tar.tcl]] Index: modules/tar/tar.man ================================================================== --- modules/tar/tar.man +++ modules/tar/tar.man @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -[vset PACKAGE_VERSION 0.8] +[vset PACKAGE_VERSION 0.9] [comment {-*- tcl -*- doctools manpage}] [manpage_begin tar n [vset PACKAGE_VERSION]] [keywords archive] [keywords {tape archive}] [keywords tar] Index: modules/tar/tar.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/tar/tar.tcl +++ modules/tar/tar.tcl @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # RCS: @(#) $Id: tar.tcl,v 1.17 2012/09/11 17:22:24 andreas_kupries Exp $ package require Tcl 8.4 -package provide tar 0.8 +package provide tar 0.9 namespace eval ::tar {} proc ::tar::parseOpts {acc opts} { array set flags $acc @@ -54,17 +54,33 @@ } seek $ch $off $wh return } -proc ::tar::skip {ch len} { - while {$len>0} { - set buf $len - if {$buf>65536} {set buf 65536} - set n [read $ch $buf] - if {$n<$buf} break - incr len -$buf +proc ::tar::skip {ch skipover} { + while {$skipover > 0} { + set requested $skipover + + # Limit individual skips to 64K, as a compromise between speed + # of skipping (Number of read requests), and memory usage + # (Note how skipped block is read into memory!). While the + # read data is immediately discarded it still generates memory + # allocation traffic, gets copied, etc. Trying to skip the + # block in one go without the limit may cause us to run out of + # (virtual) memory, or just induce swapping, for nothing. + + if {$requested > 65536} { + set requested 65536 + } + + set skipped [string length [read $ch $requested]] + + # Stop in short read into the end of the file. + if {!$skipped && [eof $ch]} break + + # Keep track of how much is (not) skipped yet. + incr skipover -$skipped } return } proc ::tar::readHeader {data} { @@ -174,11 +190,12 @@ } else { set fh [::open $tar] fconfigure $fh -encoding binary -translation lf -eofchar {} } while {![eof $fh]} { - array set header [readHeader [read $fh 512]] + set data [read $fh 512] + array set header [readHeader $data] HandleLongLink $fh header if {$header(name) == ""} break set name [string trimleft $header(prefix)$header(name) /] if {$name == $file} { set file [read $fh $header(size)] ADDED modules/tar/tar.test Index: modules/tar/tar.test ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/tar/tar.test @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +# -*- tcl -*- +# These tests are in the public domain +# ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +source [file join \ + [file dirname [file dirname [file normalize [info script]]]] \ + devtools testutilities.tcl] + +testsNeedTcl 8.5 ; # Virt channel support! +testsNeedTcltest 1.0 + +support { + use virtchannel_base/memchan.tcl tcl::chan::memchan + useLocalFile test-support.tcl +} +testing { + useLocal tar.tcl tar +} + +# ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +test test-stream {} -setup setup1 -body { + string length [read $chan1] +} -cleanup cleanup1 -result 128000 + +test tar-pad {} -body { + tar::pad 230 +} -result {282} + +test tar-skip {} -setup setup1 -body { + tar::skip $chan1 10 + lappend res [read $chan1 10] + tar::skip $chan1 72313 + lappend res [read $chan1 10] +} -cleanup cleanup1 -result {{6 7 8 9 10} {07 13908 1}} + +test tar-seekorskip-backwards {} -constraints tcl8.6plus -setup setup1 -body { + # The zlib push stuff is Tcl 8.6+. Properly restrict the test. + zlib push gzip $chan1 + catch {tar::seekorskip $chan1 -10 start} cres + lappend res $cres + catch {tar::seekorskip $chan1 10 start} cres + lappend res $cres + catch {tar::seekorskip $chan1 -10 end} cres + lappend res $cres + catch {tar::seekorskip $chan1 10 end} cres + lappend res $cres + lappend res [read $chan1 10] +} -cleanup cleanup1 -match glob -result [ + list {WHENCE=start not supported*} \ + {WHENCE=start not supported*} \ + {WHENCE=end not supported*} \ + {WHENCE=end not supported*} \ + {1 2 3 4 5 } + +] + +test tar-header {} -body { + set file1 [dict get $filesys Dir1 File1] + dict set file1 path /Dir1/File1 + set header [header_posix $file1] + set parsed [string trim [tar::readHeader $header]] + set golden "name /Dir1/File1 mode 755 uid 13103 gid 18103 size 100 mtime 5706756101 cksum 3676 type 0 linkname {} magic ustar\0 version 00 uname {} gname {} devmajor 0 devminor 0 prefix {}" + set len [string length $parsed] + foreach {key value} $golden { + if {[set value1 [dict get $parsed $key]] ne $value } { + lappend res [list $key $value $value1] + } + + } +} -result {} + + +test tar-add {} -setup setup1 -body { + tar::create $chan1 [list $tmpdir/one/a $tmpdir/one/two/a $tmpdir/one/three/a] -chan + seek $chan1 0 + lappend res {*}[tar::contents $chan1 -chan] + seek $chan1 0 + lappend res [string trim [tar::get $chan1 $tmpdir/one/two/a -chan]] +} -cleanup cleanup1 -result {tartest/one/a tartest/one/two/a tartest/one/three/a hello2} + + +# ------------------------------------------------------------------------- +testsuiteCleanup ADDED modules/tar/test-support.tcl Index: modules/tar/test-support.tcl ================================================================== --- /dev/null +++ modules/tar/test-support.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + +proc stream {{size 128000}} { + set chan [tcl::chan::memchan] + set line {} + while 1 { + incr i + set istring $i + set ilen [string length $istring] + if {$line ne {}} { + append line { } + incr size -1 + } + append line $istring + incr size -$ilen + if {$size < 1} { + set line [string range $line 0 end-[expr {abs(1-$size)}]] + puts $chan $line + break + } + + if {$i % 10 == 0} { + puts $chan $line + incr size -1 ;# for the [puts] newline + set line {} + } + } + + seek $chan 0 + return $chan +} + +proc header_posix {tarball} { + dict with tarball {} + tar::formatHeader $path \ + [dict create \ + mode $mode \ + type $type \ + uid $uid \ + gid $gid \ + size $size \ + mtime $mtime] +} + +proc setup1 {} { + variable chan1 + variable res {} + variable tmpdir tartest + + tcltest::makeDirectory $tmpdir + + foreach directory { + one + one/two + one/three + } { + tcltest::makeDirectory $tmpdir/$directory + set chan [open $tmpdir/$directory/a w] + puts $chan hello[incr i] + close $chan + } + set chan1 [stream] +} + +proc cleanup1 {} { + variable chan1 + close $chan1 + tcltest::removeDirectory tartest + return +} + +variable filesys { + Dir1 { + File1 { + type 0 + mode 755 + uid 13103 + gid 18103 + size 100 + mtime 5706756101 + } + } + + Dir2 { + File1 { + type 0 + mode 644 + uid 15103 + gid 19103 + size 100 + mtime 5706776103 + } + } +} Index: modules/term/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/term/ChangeLog +++ modules/term/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,17 @@ +2013-11-22 Andreas Kupries + + * ansi/send.tcl: Revert Tcl 8.5 dependency introduced by an + unlogged rewrite [c80b6fffde]. + +2013-11-20 PoorYorick + + * ansi/code.tcl: Unlogged rewrite, with commit message: + * ansi/code/ctrl.tcl: add support for default arguments to + * ansi/send.tcl: term::ansi::send fix documentation types + * ansi_ctrlu.tcl: quoting cleanup + 2013-02-01 Andreas Kupries * * Released and tagged Tcllib 1.15 ======================== * Index: modules/term/ansi/code.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/term/ansi/code.tcl +++ modules/term/ansi/code.tcl @@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## API. Escape clauses, plain and bracket ## Used by 'define'd commands. -proc ::term::ansi::code::esc {str} {return \033${str}} -proc ::term::ansi::code::escb {str} {esc \[${str}} +proc ::term::ansi::code::esc {str} {return \033$str} +proc ::term::ansi::code::escb {str} {esc \[$str} # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## API. Define command for named control code, or constant. ## (Simple definitions without arguments) @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Internal helper to construct fully-qualified names. proc ::term::ansi::code::Qualified {name} { - if {![string match "::*" $name]} { + if {![string match ::* $name]} { # Get the caller's namespace; append :: if it is not the # global namespace, for separation from the actual name. set ns [uplevel 2 [list namespace current]] - if {![string equal "::" $ns]} {append ns "::"} - set name "$ns$name" + if {$ns ne "::"} {append ns ::} + set name $ns$name } return $name } # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### Index: modules/term/ansi/code/ctrl.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/term/ansi/code/ctrl.tcl +++ modules/term/ansi/code/ctrl.tcl @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ } proc ::term::ansi::code::ctrl::import {{ns ctrl} args} { if {![llength $args]} {set args *} set args ::term::ansi::code::ctrl::[join $args " ::term::ansi::code::ctrl::"] - uplevel 1 [list namespace eval ${ns} [linsert $args 0 namespace import]] + uplevel 1 [list namespace eval $ns [linsert $args 0 namespace import]] return } # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### @@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ # 1 : Alternate Character ROM Standard Character Set # 2 : Alternate Character ROM Special Graphics # Set Display Attributes - DEFC sda {args} {escb [join $args ";"]m} + DEFC sda {args} {escb [join $args \;]m} # Force Cursor Position (aka Go To) DEFC fcp {r c} {escb ${r}\;${c}f} @@ -148,15 +148,15 @@ return -code error "wrong\#args" } # Set Key Definition - DEFC skd {code str} {escb "${code};\"${str}\"p"} + DEFC skd {code str} {escb $code\;\"$str\"p} # Terminal title - DEFC title {str} {esc "\]0;${str}\007"} + DEFC title {str} {esc \]0\;$str\007} # Switch to and from character/box graphics. DEFC gron {} {return \016} DEFC groff {} {return \017} @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ DEFC groptim {string} { variable grforw variable grback while {![string equal $string [set new [string map \ - "\017\016 {} \016\017 {}" [string map \ + [list \017\016 {} \016\017 {}] [string map \ $grback [string map \ $grforw $string]]]]]} { set string $new } return $string @@ -224,11 +224,11 @@ # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Attribute control (single attributes) foreach a [::term::ansi::code::attr::names] { - DEF sda_$a escb "[::term::ansi::code::attr::$a]m" + DEF sda_$a escb [::term::ansi::code::attr::$a]m } ## # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### return Index: modules/term/ansi/send.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/term/ansi/send.tcl +++ modules/term/ansi/send.tcl @@ -3,12 +3,13 @@ ## Terminal packages - ANSI - Control codes # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Requirements -package require term::send -package require term::ansi::code::ctrl +package require Tcl 8.4 +package require term::send +package require term::ansi::code::ctrl namespace eval ::term::ansi::send {} # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### ## Make command easily available @@ -35,31 +36,37 @@ proc ::term::ansi::send::Args {n -> arv achv avv} { upvar 1 $arv a $achv ach $avv av set code ::term::ansi::code::ctrl::$n set a [info args $code] - set ach [linsert $a 0 ch] set av [expr { [llength $a] - ? " \$[join $a " \$"]" + ? " \$[join $a { $}]" : $a }] + foreach a1 $a[set a {}] { + if {[info default $code $a1 default]} { + lappend a [list $a1 $default] + } else { + lappend a $a1 + } + } + set ach [linsert $a 0 ch] return $code } proc ::term::ansi::send::INIT {} { foreach n [::term::ansi::code::ctrl::names] { set nch [ChName $n] set code [Args $n -> a ach av] - if {[string equal [lindex $a end] args]} { + if {[lindex $a end] eq "args"} { # An args argument requires more care, and an eval set av [lrange $av 0 end-1] - if {![string equal $av ""]} {set av " $av"} + if {$av ne {}} {set av " $av"} set gen "eval \[linsert \$args 0 $code$av\]" - - #8.5: set gen "$code$av \{expand\}\$args" + #8.5: (written for clarity): set gen "$code$av {*}\$args" } else { set gen $code$av } proc $n $a "wr \[$gen\]" ; namespace export $n Index: modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.man ================================================================== --- modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.man +++ modules/term/ansi_ctrlu.man @@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ This command switches the standard input of the current process to [term raw] input mode. This means that from then on all characters typed by the user are immediately reported to the application instead of waiting in the OS buffer until the Enter/Return key is received. -[call [cmd ::term::ansi::ctrl::unix::raw]] +[call [cmd ::term::ansi::ctrl::unix::cooked]] This command switches the standard input of the current process to [term cooked] input mode. This means that from then on all characters typed by the user are kept in OS buffers for editing until the Enter/Return key is received. Index: modules/uri/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/uri/ChangeLog +++ modules/uri/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,12 @@ +2013-11-07 Andreas Kupries + + * uri.tcl: [Ticket dc50cc65ea]: Accept schema names + * uri.test: case-insensitively. Report and patch by Harald + * pkgIndex.tcl: Oehlmann. Version bumped to 1.2.3. Extended + testsuite (uri-11.0). + 2013-02-01 Andreas Kupries * * Released and tagged Tcllib 1.15 ======================== * Index: modules/uri/pkgIndex.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/uri/pkgIndex.tcl +++ modules/uri/pkgIndex.tcl @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.2]} { # FRINK: nocheck return } -package ifneeded uri 1.2.2 [list source [file join $dir uri.tcl]] +package ifneeded uri 1.2.3 [list source [file join $dir uri.tcl]] package ifneeded uri::urn 1.0.2 [list source [file join $dir urn-scheme.tcl]] Index: modules/uri/uri.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/uri/uri.tcl +++ modules/uri/uri.tcl @@ -164,11 +164,11 @@ set url [string trim $url] set scheme {} # RFC 1738: scheme = 1*[ lowalpha | digit | "+" | "-" | "." ] - regexp -- {^([a-z0-9+.-][a-z0-9+.-]*):} $url dummy scheme + regexp -- {^([A-Za-z0-9+.-][A-Za-z0-9+.-]*):} $url dummy scheme if {$scheme == {}} { set scheme $defaultscheme } @@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ error "unknown scheme '$scheme' in '$url'" } regsub -- "^${scheme}:" $url {} url - set parts(scheme) $scheme + set parts(scheme) [string tolower $scheme] array set parts [Split[string totitle $scheme] $url] # should decode all encoded characters! return [array get parts] @@ -1033,6 +1033,6 @@ variable schemepart "//${hostOrPort}(/${dn}(\?${attrs}(\?(${scope})(\?${filter})?)?)?)?" variable url "ldap:$schemepart" } -package provide uri 1.2.2 +package provide uri 1.2.3 Index: modules/uri/uri.test ================================================================== --- modules/uri/uri.test +++ modules/uri/uri.test @@ -470,10 +470,16 @@ test uri-10.1 {uri::join bug #3235340, fragments after queries} { uri::join fragment quux host baz.com path foo port {} pwd {} query bar=baz scheme http user {} } {http://baz.com/foo?bar=baz#quux} +# ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +test uri-11.0 {uri::split, case-insensitive schemata, ticket dc50cc65ea} { + dictsort [uri::split hTTp://foo:bar@baz.com:80/bla/] +} {fragment {} host baz.com path bla/ port 80 pwd bar query {} scheme http user foo} + # ------------------------------------------------------------------------- testsuiteCleanup return Index: modules/virtchannel_base/ChangeLog ================================================================== --- modules/virtchannel_base/ChangeLog +++ modules/virtchannel_base/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,13 @@ +2013-11-22 Andreas Kupries + + * memchan.tcl (Events): Ticket [864a0c83e3]. Do not suppress + * string.tcl: readable events at end of the channel. Needed + * variable.tcl: to signal the eof condition. Like for regular + files, always readable. Versions bumped to 1.0.3, 1.0.2, and + 1.0.3 respectively + 2013-04-03 Andreas Kupries * tclib_fifo2.man: Renamed more manpages, clashing with the * tclib_fifo.man: Memchan package. List are the new names, * tclib_memchan.man: with prefix "tcllib_". Index: modules/virtchannel_base/memchan.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/virtchannel_base/memchan.tcl +++ modules/virtchannel_base/memchan.tcl @@ -152,16 +152,17 @@ my Events return $at } method Events {} { - if {$at >= [string length $content]} { - my disallow read - } else { - my allow read - } + # Always readable -- Even if the seek location is at the end + # (or beyond). In that case the readable events are fired + # endlessly until the eof indicated by the seek location is + # properly processed by the event handler. Like for regular + # files -- Ticket [864a0c83e3]. + my allow read } } # # ## ### ##### ######## ############# -package provide tcl::chan::memchan 1.0.2 +package provide tcl::chan::memchan 1.0.3 return Index: modules/virtchannel_base/pkgIndex.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/virtchannel_base/pkgIndex.tcl +++ modules/virtchannel_base/pkgIndex.tcl @@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ package ifneeded tcl::chan::cat 1.0.2 [list source [file join $dir cat.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::facade 1.0.1 [list source [file join $dir facade.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::fifo 1 [list source [file join $dir fifo.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::fifo2 1 [list source [file join $dir fifo2.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::halfpipe 1 [list source [file join $dir halfpipe.tcl]] -package ifneeded tcl::chan::memchan 1.0.2 [list source [file join $dir memchan.tcl]] +package ifneeded tcl::chan::memchan 1.0.3 [list source [file join $dir memchan.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::null 1 [list source [file join $dir null.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::nullzero 1 [list source [file join $dir nullzero.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::random 1 [list source [file join $dir random.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::std 1.0.1 [list source [file join $dir std.tcl]] -package ifneeded tcl::chan::string 1.0.1 [list source [file join $dir string.tcl]] +package ifneeded tcl::chan::string 1.0.2 [list source [file join $dir string.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::textwindow 1 [list source [file join $dir textwindow.tcl]] -package ifneeded tcl::chan::variable 1.0.2 [list source [file join $dir variable.tcl]] +package ifneeded tcl::chan::variable 1.0.3 [list source [file join $dir variable.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::chan::zero 1 [list source [file join $dir zero.tcl]] package ifneeded tcl::randomseed 1 [list source [file join $dir randseed.tcl]] Index: modules/virtchannel_base/string.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/virtchannel_base/string.tcl +++ modules/virtchannel_base/string.tcl @@ -108,16 +108,17 @@ my Events return $at } method Events {} { - if {$at >= [string length $content]} { - my disallow read - } else { - my allow read - } + # Always readable -- Even if the seek location is at the end + # (or beyond). In that case the readable events are fired + # endlessly until the eof indicated by the seek location is + # properly processed by the event handler. Like for regular + # files -- Ticket [864a0c83e3]. + my allow read } } # # ## ### ##### ######## ############# -package provide tcl::chan::string 1.0.1 +package provide tcl::chan::string 1.0.2 return Index: modules/virtchannel_base/variable.tcl ================================================================== --- modules/virtchannel_base/variable.tcl +++ modules/virtchannel_base/variable.tcl @@ -165,18 +165,17 @@ my Events return $at } method Events {} { - upvar #0 $varname content - - if {$at >= [string length $content]} { - my disallow read - } else { - my allow read - } + # Always readable -- Even if the seek location is at the end + # (or beyond). In that case the readable events are fired + # endlessly until the eof indicated by the seek location is + # properly processed by the event handler. Like for regular + # files -- Ticket [864a0c83e3]. + my allow read } } # # ## ### ##### ######## ############# -package provide tcl::chan::variable 1.0.2 +package provide tcl::chan::variable 1.0.3 return Index: support/devel/sak/localdoc/localdoc.tcl ================================================================== --- support/devel/sak/localdoc/localdoc.tcl +++ support/devel/sak/localdoc/localdoc.tcl @@ -23,10 +23,20 @@ getpackage textutil::repeat textutil/repeat.tcl getpackage doctools doctools/doctools.tcl getpackage doctools::toc doctools/doctoc.tcl getpackage doctools::idx doctools/docidx.tcl getpackage dtplite dtplite/dtplite.tcl + + # Read installation information. Need the list of excluded + # modules to suppress them here in the doc generation as well. + global excluded modules apps guide + source support/installation/modules.tcl + + foreach e $excluded { + puts "Excluding $e ..." + lappend baseconfig -exclude */modules/$e/* + } set nav ../../../../home puts "Reindex the documentation..." sak::doc::imake __dummy__ @@ -36,17 +46,18 @@ file delete -force embedded file mkdir embedded/man file mkdir embedded/www puts "Generating manpages..." - dtplite::do \ - [list \ - -exclude {*/doctools/tests/*} \ - -exclude {*/support/*} \ - -ext n \ - -o embedded/man \ - nroff .] + set config $baseconfig + lappend config -exclude {*/doctools/tests/*} + lappend config -exclude {*/support/*} + lappend config -ext n + lappend config -o embedded/man + lappend config nroff . + + dtplite::do $config # Note: Might be better to run them separately. # Note @: Or we shuffle the results a bit more in the post processing stage. set map { @@ -59,36 +70,26 @@ set apps [string map $map [fileutil::cat support/devel/sak/doc/toc_apps.txt]] set mods [string map $map [fileutil::cat support/devel/sak/doc/toc_mods.txt]] set cats [string map $map [fileutil::cat support/devel/sak/doc/toc_cats.txt]] puts "Generating HTML... Pass 1, draft..." - dtplite::do \ - [list \ - -toc $toc \ - -nav {Tcllib Home} $nav \ - -post+toc Categories $cats \ - -post+toc Modules $mods \ - -post+toc Applications $apps \ - -exclude {*/doctools/tests/*} \ - -exclude {*/support/*} \ - -merge \ - -o embedded/www \ - html .] + set config $baseconfig + lappend config -exclude {*/doctools/tests/*} + lappend config -exclude {*/support/*} + lappend config -toc $toc + lappend config -nav {Tcllib Home} $nav + lappend config -post+toc Categories $cats + lappend config -post+toc Modules $mods + lappend config -post+toc Applications $apps + lappend config -merge + lappend config -o embedded/www + lappend config html . + + dtplite::do $config puts "Generating HTML... Pass 2, resolving cross-references..." - dtplite::do \ - [list \ - -toc $toc \ - -nav {Tcllib Home} $nav \ - -post+toc Categories $cats \ - -post+toc Modules $mods \ - -post+toc Applications $apps \ - -exclude {*/doctools/tests/*} \ - -exclude {*/support/*} \ - -merge \ - -o embedded/www \ - html .] + dtplite::do $config return } # ### ### ### ######### ######### ######### Index: support/installation/man.macros ================================================================== --- support/installation/man.macros +++ support/installation/man.macros @@ -1,82 +1,88 @@ -'\" The definitions below are for supplemental macros used in Tcl/Tk -'\" manual entries. -'\" -'\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? -'\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. -'\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", -'\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, -'\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be -'\" needed; use .AS below instead) -'\" -'\" .AS ?type? ?name? -'\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and -'\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed -'\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. -'\" -'\" .BS -'\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be -'\" enclosed in one large box. -'\" -'\" .BE -'\" End of box enclosure. -'\" -'\" .CS -'\" Begin code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .CE -'\" End code excerpt. -'\" -'\" .VS ?version? ?br? -'\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts -'\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording -'\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be -'\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument -'\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. -'\" -'\" .VE -'\" End of vertical sidebar. -'\" -'\" .DS -'\" Begin an indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .DE -'\" End of indented unfilled display. -'\" -'\" .SO -'\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The -'\" options follow on successive lines, in four columns separated -'\" by tabs. -'\" -'\" .SE -'\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. -'\" -'\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass -'\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the -'\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives -'\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives -'\" the option's class in the option database. -'\" -'\" .UL arg1 arg2 -'\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. -'\" -'\" RCS: @(#) $Id: man.macros,v 1.1 2006/07/01 03:37:56 andreas_kupries Exp $ -'\" -'\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. +.\" The -*- nroff -*- definitions below are for supplemental macros used +.\" in Tcl/Tk manual entries. +.\" +.\" .AP type name in/out ?indent? +.\" Start paragraph describing an argument to a library procedure. +.\" type is type of argument (int, etc.), in/out is either "in", "out", +.\" or "in/out" to describe whether procedure reads or modifies arg, +.\" and indent is equivalent to second arg of .IP (shouldn't ever be +.\" needed; use .AS below instead) +.\" +.\" .AS ?type? ?name? +.\" Give maximum sizes of arguments for setting tab stops. Type and +.\" name are examples of largest possible arguments that will be passed +.\" to .AP later. If args are omitted, default tab stops are used. +.\" +.\" .BS +.\" Start box enclosure. From here until next .BE, everything will be +.\" enclosed in one large box. +.\" +.\" .BE +.\" End of box enclosure. +.\" +.\" .CS +.\" Begin code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .CE +.\" End code excerpt. +.\" +.\" .VS ?version? ?br? +.\" Begin vertical sidebar, for use in marking newly-changed parts +.\" of man pages. The first argument is ignored and used for recording +.\" the version when the .VS was added, so that the sidebars can be +.\" found and removed when they reach a certain age. If another argument +.\" is present, then a line break is forced before starting the sidebar. +.\" +.\" .VE +.\" End of vertical sidebar. +.\" +.\" .DS +.\" Begin an indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .DE +.\" End of indented unfilled display. +.\" +.\" .SO ?manpage? +.\" Start of list of standard options for a Tk widget. The manpage +.\" argument defines where to look up the standard options; if +.\" omitted, defaults to "options". The options follow on successive +.\" lines, in three columns separated by tabs. +.\" +.\" .SE +.\" End of list of standard options for a Tk widget. +.\" +.\" .OP cmdName dbName dbClass +.\" Start of description of a specific option. cmdName gives the +.\" option's name as specified in the class command, dbName gives +.\" the option's name in the option database, and dbClass gives +.\" the option's class in the option database. +.\" +.\" .UL arg1 arg2 +.\" Print arg1 underlined, then print arg2 normally. +.\" +.\" .QW arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally (for trailing punctuation). +.\" +.\" .PQ arg1 ?arg2? +.\" Print an open parenthesis, arg1 in quotes, then arg2 normally +.\" (for trailing punctuation) and then a closing parenthesis. +.\" +.\" # Set up traps and other miscellaneous stuff for Tcl/Tk man pages. .if t .wh -1.3i ^B .nr ^l \n(.l .ad b -'\" # Start an argument description +.\" # Start an argument description .de AP .ie !"\\$4"" .TP \\$4 .el \{\ . ie !"\\$2"" .TP \\n()Cu . el .TP 15 .\} .ta \\n()Au \\n()Bu .ie !"\\$3"" \{\ -\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) +\&\\$1 \\fI\\$2\\fP (\\$3) .\".b .\} .el \{\ .br .ie !"\\$2"" \{\ @@ -85,33 +91,33 @@ .el \{\ \&\\fI\\$1\\fP .\} .\} .. -'\" # define tabbing values for .AP +.\" # define tabbing values for .AP .de AS .nr )A 10n .if !"\\$1"" .nr )A \\w'\\$1'u+3n .nr )B \\n()Au+15n .\" .if !"\\$2"" .nr )B \\w'\\$2'u+\\n()Au+3n .nr )C \\n()Bu+\\w'(in/out)'u+2n .. .AS Tcl_Interp Tcl_CreateInterp in/out -'\" # BS - start boxed text -'\" # ^y = starting y location -'\" # ^b = 1 +.\" # BS - start boxed text +.\" # ^y = starting y location +.\" # ^b = 1 .de BS .br .mk ^y .nr ^b 1u .if n .nf .if n .ti 0 .if n \l'\\n(.lu\(ul' .if n .fi .. -'\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) +.\" # BE - end boxed text (draw box now) .de BE .nf .ti 0 .mk ^t .ie n \l'\\n(^lu\(ul' @@ -127,20 +133,20 @@ .\} .fi .br .nr ^b 0 .. -'\" # VS - start vertical sidebar -'\" # ^Y = starting y location -'\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) +.\" # VS - start vertical sidebar +.\" # ^Y = starting y location +.\" # ^v = 1 (for troff; for nroff this doesn't matter) .de VS .if !"\\$2"" .br .mk ^Y .ie n 'mc \s12\(br\s0 .el .nr ^v 1u .. -'\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar +.\" # VE - end of vertical sidebar .de VE .ie n 'mc .el \{\ .ev 2 .nf @@ -151,13 +157,13 @@ .fi .ev .\} .nr ^v 0 .. -'\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current -'\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard -'\" # page bottom macro. +.\" # Special macro to handle page bottom: finish off current +.\" # box/sidebar if in box/sidebar mode, then invoked standard +.\" # page bottom macro. .de ^B .ev 2 'ti 0 'nf .mk ^t @@ -180,38 +186,40 @@ .\} .if \\n(^v \{\ .mk ^Y .\} .. -'\" # DS - begin display +.\" # DS - begin display .de DS .RS .nf .sp .. -'\" # DE - end display +.\" # DE - end display .de DE .fi .RE .sp .. -'\" # SO - start of list of standard options +.\" # SO - start of list of standard options .de SO +'ie '\\$1'' .ds So \\fBoptions\\fR +'el .ds So \\fB\\$1\\fR .SH "STANDARD OPTIONS" .LP .nf -.ta 4c 8c 12c +.ta 5.5c 11c .ft B .. -'\" # SE - end of list of standard options +.\" # SE - end of list of standard options .de SE .fi .ft R .LP -See the \\fBoptions\\fR manual entry for details on the standard options. +See the \\*(So manual entry for details on the standard options. .. -'\" # OP - start of full description for a single option +.\" # OP - start of full description for a single option .de OP .LP .nf .ta 4c Command-Line Name: \\fB\\$1\\fR @@ -218,19 +226,42 @@ Database Name: \\fB\\$2\\fR Database Class: \\fB\\$3\\fR .fi .IP .. -'\" # CS - begin code excerpt +.\" # CS - begin code excerpt .de CS .RS .nf .ta .25i .5i .75i 1i .. -'\" # CE - end code excerpt +.\" # CE - end code excerpt .de CE .fi .RE .. +.\" # UL - underline word .de UL \\$1\l'|0\(ul'\\$2 +.. +.\" # QW - apply quotation marks to word +.de QW +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\$2 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2 +.. +.\" # PQ - apply parens and quotation marks to word +.de PQ +.ie '\\*(lq'"' (``\\$1''\\$2)\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el (\\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\$2)\\$3 +.. +.\" # QR - quoted range +.de QR +.ie '\\*(lq'"' ``\\$1''\\-``\\$2''\\$3 +.\"" fix emacs highlighting +.el \\*(lq\\$1\\*(rq\\-\\*(lq\\$2\\*(rq\\$3 +.. +.\" # MT - "empty" string +.de MT +.QW "" ..